WO2015142723A1 - Array antennas having a plurality of directional beams - Google Patents
Array antennas having a plurality of directional beams Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2015142723A1 WO2015142723A1 PCT/US2015/020729 US2015020729W WO2015142723A1 WO 2015142723 A1 WO2015142723 A1 WO 2015142723A1 US 2015020729 W US2015020729 W US 2015020729W WO 2015142723 A1 WO2015142723 A1 WO 2015142723A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- antenna
- lens body
- directional
- ports
- station device
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q3/00—Arrangements for changing or varying the orientation or the shape of the directional pattern of the waves radiated from an antenna or antenna system
- H01Q3/24—Arrangements for changing or varying the orientation or the shape of the directional pattern of the waves radiated from an antenna or antenna system varying the orientation by switching energy from one active radiating element to another, e.g. for beam switching
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q1/00—Details of, or arrangements associated with, antennas
- H01Q1/12—Supports; Mounting means
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q1/00—Details of, or arrangements associated with, antennas
- H01Q1/12—Supports; Mounting means
- H01Q1/1207—Supports; Mounting means for fastening a rigid aerial element
- H01Q1/1228—Supports; Mounting means for fastening a rigid aerial element on a boom
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q13/00—Waveguide horns or mouths; Slot antennas; Leaky-waveguide antennas; Equivalent structures causing radiation along the transmission path of a guided wave
- H01Q13/20—Non-resonant leaky-waveguide or transmission-line antennas; Equivalent structures causing radiation along the transmission path of a guided wave
- H01Q13/206—Microstrip transmission line antennas
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q15/00—Devices for reflection, refraction, diffraction or polarisation of waves radiated from an antenna, e.g. quasi-optical devices
- H01Q15/02—Refracting or diffracting devices, e.g. lens, prism
- H01Q15/08—Refracting or diffracting devices, e.g. lens, prism formed of solid dielectric material
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q21/00—Antenna arrays or systems
- H01Q21/0006—Particular feeding systems
- H01Q21/0031—Parallel-plate fed arrays; Lens-fed arrays
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q25/00—Antennas or antenna systems providing at least two radiating patterns
- H01Q25/007—Antennas or antenna systems providing at least two radiating patterns using two or more primary active elements in the focal region of a focusing device
- H01Q25/008—Antennas or antenna systems providing at least two radiating patterns using two or more primary active elements in the focal region of a focusing device lens fed multibeam arrays
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q3/00—Arrangements for changing or varying the orientation or the shape of the directional pattern of the waves radiated from an antenna or antenna system
- H01Q3/26—Arrangements for changing or varying the orientation or the shape of the directional pattern of the waves radiated from an antenna or antenna system varying the relative phase or relative amplitude of energisation between two or more active radiating elements; varying the distribution of energy across a radiating aperture
- H01Q3/30—Arrangements for changing or varying the orientation or the shape of the directional pattern of the waves radiated from an antenna or antenna system varying the relative phase or relative amplitude of energisation between two or more active radiating elements; varying the distribution of energy across a radiating aperture varying the relative phase between the radiating elements of an array
- H01Q3/34—Arrangements for changing or varying the orientation or the shape of the directional pattern of the waves radiated from an antenna or antenna system varying the relative phase or relative amplitude of energisation between two or more active radiating elements; varying the distribution of energy across a radiating aperture varying the relative phase between the radiating elements of an array by electrical means
- H01Q3/36—Arrangements for changing or varying the orientation or the shape of the directional pattern of the waves radiated from an antenna or antenna system varying the relative phase or relative amplitude of energisation between two or more active radiating elements; varying the distribution of energy across a radiating aperture varying the relative phase between the radiating elements of an array by electrical means with variable phase-shifters
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01Q—ANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
- H01Q3/00—Arrangements for changing or varying the orientation or the shape of the directional pattern of the waves radiated from an antenna or antenna system
- H01Q3/44—Arrangements for changing or varying the orientation or the shape of the directional pattern of the waves radiated from an antenna or antenna system varying the electric or magnetic characteristics of reflecting, refracting, or diffracting devices associated with the radiating element
- H01Q3/46—Active lenses or reflecting arrays
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
- H04B7/0617—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
- H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
- H04B7/0636—Feedback format
- H04B7/0639—Using selective indices, e.g. of a codebook, e.g. pre-distortion matrix index [PMI] or for beam selection
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0686—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0695—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission using beam selection
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
- H04W16/24—Cell structures
- H04W16/28—Cell structures using beam steering
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W84/00—Network topologies
- H04W84/02—Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
- H04W84/10—Small scale networks; Flat hierarchical networks
- H04W84/12—WLAN [Wireless Local Area Networks]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
- H04W88/08—Access point devices
Definitions
- directional antennas including phased array antennas and arrays of multiple antennas, and methods for operating the directional antennas.
- compact lacunated lenses that may be used for beamforming a phased array antenna and/or for filtering.
- Wi-Fi networks which are based on the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.1 1 family of standards, are becoming increasingly ubiquitous.
- IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
- an end-user device end device
- AP's access point's
- An end device can wirelessly communicate with an AP within the coverage are of the AP.
- An AP's coverage depends on its antenna(e).
- An AP can have one or more omni-directional and/or directional antennae that provide coverage to the surrounding area of the AP.
- An omni-directiona! antenna radiates radio waves (i.e., electromagnetic wave) in all directions, and a directional antenna radiates radio waves to a specific direction.
- a directional antenna radiates with higher power than an omni-directional antenna in the direction associated with the antenna. This allows the antenna to increase its performance on transmission and reception. Because the antenna operates in a specific direction, communication by the directional antenna faces interference only from devices operating in its directional radiation. This facilitates reduced interference than an omni-directional antenna.
- an AP can be equipped with a plurality of directional antenna.
- This approach to construct an AP requires a respective directional antenna to be individually configured and managed.
- end device in the coverage of a respective antenna usually contend among each other for airtime with the AP (i.e., transmission time between the AP and an end device), leading to a low-utilization of the wireless bandwidth provided by the antenna.
- Phased array antennas are one type of directional antenna that may help address these problems.
- a phased array is an array of antennas in which the relative phases of the respective signals feeding the antennas are varied in such a way that the effective radiation pattern of the array is reinforced in a desired direction and suppressed in undesired directions.
- the antenna may be considered "directional" as the beam from the antenna may be directed (formed) in a desired direction. Beamforming may be particularly useful when preserving power, signal strength and operating time in communicating between devices, both from an AP to one or more client devices as well as to/from an AP and another AP, base station, etc.
- An antenna array may be a group of multiple active antennas coupled to a common source or load to produce a directive radiation pattern.
- the spatial relationship of the individual antennas may also contribute to the directivity of the antenna array.
- Use of the term "active antennas" may be used to describe elements whose energy output is modified due to the presence of a source of energy in the element (other than the mere signal energy which passes through the circuit) or an element in which the energy output from a source of energy is controlled by the signal input.
- a standard multiband television antenna which has multiple elements coupled together.
- phased array antennas that enhance base station gain by focusing the signal transmission and reception in a narrower beam that, in turn, reduces transmission interference and increases range.
- the array antennas described herein may be used in base station applications to solve key limitations of traditional wide and narrow beam technologies.
- wide beam communication a signal is transmitted and received over a wide angle to overcome physical obstructions and uneven terrain.
- this form of transmission can be inefficient and noisy.
- Narrow beam communication requires many antennas and frequency channels to provide the broad coverage associated with wide beam communication.
- the phased array antennas described herein may combine narrow beam technology and time based multiplexing of transmissions and receptions to overcome both challenges.
- the phased array devices described herein may provide base station design that delivers high antenna gain and broad coverage by using a combination of narrow beams in various directions.
- This design may allow frequencies to be re-used by having beam transmissions and receptions in different directions take place at different times. This increases the efficiency of spectrum usage by allowing re-use of frequency bands, which enables the use of more radios on the same tower and the deployment of our products in environments where limited frequency bands are available in the unlicensed spectrum.
- a directional antenna apparatus may refer to a device of system of antennas that can direct multiple beams forming multiple antenna beam patterns (antenna patterns) for use in transmitting and/or receiving data.
- apparatuses configured to operate as an access point (AP) for communicating with one or more station devices by assigning a particular directional beam to each access point, and communicating with each station device using the assigned directional beam at least part of the time.
- AP access point
- the apparatus may be assign directional beams to station devices a predetermined infrequent times (e.g., less than once per minute, once per five minutes, once per 10 minutes, once per 20 minutes, once per 30 minutes, etc.) using an efficient assignment protocol in which directional training packets are transmitted from each of a plurality of directional beams at the predetermined times, and one or more response packets (returned from station devices in response to the training packets) are received.
- the apparatus may be configured to interpret either or both the contents of the response packets (which can reference a particular directional beam and may include a priority value indicating the goodness of that directional beam) and/or the strength of the received response packet to designate a particular directional beam to the station device.
- phased array antennas that may be operated in this manner, as well as systems, devices and methods (including components) that may be use used as part of a phased array antenna particularly well suited for operating as an access point.
- RF radio frequency
- described herein are compact radio frequency (“RF") lenses that may be used for beamforming phased array antennas or for operating as a compact RF filter, as well as systems and methods for adapting a USB connection to identify the device being connected via the USB connection.
- any of the antennas described herein may be phased array antennas.
- the phased array antennas may include a compact beamforming lens having a plurality of openings through the body of the lens. These lenses may be referred to as a lacunated lens.
- a lacunated lens may have a body having at least two parallel plates separated by a dielectric material, and may have multiple openings, gaps, holes, etc. (lacuna) at least partially through the body of the lens.
- the lens may be a microstrip.
- the lens typically includes multiple beam ports for steering the beam and multiple antenna ports.
- each beam port has an associated (e.g.
- predetermined beam steering angle e.g., any angle between -90° and 90°, including but not limited to: -50°, -45°, - 40°, -35°, -30°, -25°, -20°, -15°, -10°, -5°, 0°, 5°, 10°, 15°, 20°, 25°, 30°, 35°, 40°, 45°, 50°
- the antenna ports are typically on a side of the lens opposite from the beam ports.
- a lacunated lens may be a compact electrical lens device for beamforming an array of antenna elements.
- a lens device may include: a lens body comprising parallel plates separated by a dielectric, the lens body having an outer perimeter and an inner region within the outer perimeter; a plurality of beam ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each beam port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle; a plurality of antenna ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and a plurality of openings in the inner region of the lens body within at least one plate of the parallel plates of the lens body, wherein the openings are arranged through the lens body so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the beam ports will exit from each of the antenna ports at a time delay corresponding to the predetermined steering angle of the beam port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
- a lacunated lens may also be a compact electronic lens that may be used for beamforming an array of antenna elements, or it may also be configured as an amplifier (similar to a butler matrix amplifier) that includes: a lens body comprising parallel plates separated by a dielectric, the lens body having an outer perimeter and an inner region within the outer perimeter; a plurality of input ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle; a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and a plurality of openings in the inner region of the lens body within at least one plate of the parallel plates of the lens body, wherein the openings are arranged through the lens body so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports will exit from each of the output ports at a time delay corresponding to the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
- the input ports and output ports may also be referred to (particularly when configured for beamforming) as beam ports and antenna ports, respectively.
- a compact RF electronic lens device may include: a lens body, the lens body comprising a ground plate, a dielectric substrate on top of the ground plate, and a conductor plate on top of the dielectric substrate; a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle; a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and a plurality of openings within the lens body through the conductor plate, wherein the openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports will exit from each of the output ports at a time delay corresponding to the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
- a compact electronic RF lens device may include: a lens body having an upper surface, a thickness, and a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, the lens body having an outer perimeter and an inner region within the outer perimeter; a plurality of input ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle; a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and a plurality of openings into the lens body within the inner region through the upper surface, wherein the openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the output ports at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
- the compact RF lens device may be configured as a lacunated lens for beamforming an array of antenna elements, and may include: a lens body having an upper surface, a thickness, and a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, the lens body having an outer perimeter and an inner region within the outer perimeter; a plurality of beam ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each beam port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle; a plurality of antenna ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and a plurality of openings into the lens body within the inner region through the upper surface, wherein the openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the beam ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the antenna ports at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the beam port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
- an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the output ports (e.g., antenna ports) at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the beam port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
- the lens may include a microstrip (e.g., the lens body may be a microstrip).
- the lens body may have a square shape.
- the lens body may be generally square (e.g., it may have projections or "bump out” regions), so that the overall shape is square.
- the lens body may be small, particularly for the frequency of radio waves processed by the lens.
- the lens may beamform RF signals between 2 GHz and 50 GHz (e.g., between 2 GHz and 30 GHz, between 2 GHz and 20 GHz, between 3 GHz and 6 GHz, betwenlO GHz and 21 GHz, etc.), and the lens body may have a maximum diameter of less than about 10 cm, less than about 9 cm, less than about 8 cm, less than about 7 cm, etc. (e.g., the dimensions of the lens body are less than about 8cm x 8cm, 7cm x 7cm, 9cm x 9cm, etc.).
- the lens body may be less than about 8cm x 8cm and the plurality of openings may be configured so that an electromagnetic signal between about 2 GHz and about 30 GHz entering the lens body from any one of the input ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the output ports at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
- the input ports may generally be arranged on the outer perimeter of the lens body opposite from-the output ports.
- the plurality of input ports may comprise 3 input ports or more.
- the lens may have five input ports and each input port in the set of input ports may have a dedicated steering angle (e.g., -40°, -20°, 0, 20, 40; -35, -17, 0, 17, 35; etc.).
- the input ports may each have a predetermined steering angle that is at or between about -90° and 90°, e.g., at or between -45° and about 45°, e.g., at or between -35° and 35°, etc.).
- the plurality of output ports may generally comprise 3 or more individual output ports (e.g., 4 output ports, 5 output ports, 6 output ports, 7 output ports, 8 output ports, 9 output ports, 10 output ports, 1 1 output ports, 12 output ports, etc.).
- the lens body includes parallel surfaces (planes) or plates.
- the lacunated lens at least one of the surfaces/planes forming the body of the lens has multiple holes, opening, gaps, etc. (lacuna) therethrough. These opening may pass completely through the lens, or may extend through just one of the planes and the dielectric.
- the openings within the lens body may be of any appropriate size (e.g., between about 2% and 30% of the surface area of the plane of the lens body. In total, the openings through the lens body may take up more than 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80% (or more) of the surface area (e.g., of an upper surface) of the lens body.
- the openings in the lens body may extend through the dielectric between the plates, for example, the openings in the lens body may extend from the conductor plate and through the dielectric.
- the openings in the lens body may extend through the upper surface and through the dielectric between the upper and lower surfaces.
- a compact electronic lens having a lens body, wherein the lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, and a plurality of openings through the upper surface
- the method comprising: applying a first electromagnetic signal to a first input port of the lens body, wherein the first input port is associated with a first predetermined steering angle; passing the first electromagnetic signal from the first input port through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings so that the first electromagnetic signal exits each of a plurality of output ports at a time delay for each output port that is characteristic of the first predetermined steering angle; applying a second electromagnetic signal to a second input port of the lens body, wherein the second input port is associated with a second predetermined steering angle; and passing the second electromagnetic signal from the second input port through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings so that the second electromagnetic signal exits each of a plurality of output ports at a time delay for each output port that is
- the compact electronic lens may have a lens body, wherein the lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, and a plurality of openings through the upper surface.
- a method of beamforming with a lacunated lens may include: applying a first electromagnetic signal between about 2GHz and about 30 GHz to a first input port of the lens body, wherein the first input port has a first predetermined steering angle; passing the first electromagnetic signal from the first input port through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings so that the first electromagnetic signal exits each of a plurality of output ports at a time delay for each output port that is characteristic of the first predetermined steering angle; applying a second electromagnetic signal to a second input port of the lens body, wherein the second input port has a second predetermined steering angle; and passing the second electromagnetic signal from the second input port through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings so that the second electromagnetic signal exits each of a plurality of output ports at a time delay for each output port that is characteristic of the second predetermined steering angle.
- the first predetermined steering angle and the second predetermined steering angle are typically different and may be between any of the ranges described herein (e.g., -90 to 90°, -60° to 60°, -45° to 45°, -35 to 35°, -30 to 30°, etc.).
- the method of beamforming may also include electrically switching from the first input port to the second input port.
- electrically switching may be used.
- the method may also include emitting the signal from each of a plurality of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to one of the output ports.
- phase antenna devices that include any of the lenses (e.g., the lacunated lenses) described herein.
- a phased array antenna device having a compact electronic lens for beamforming may include: a radio frequency (RF) input; an electronic lens having a lens body, wherein the lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, a plurality of openings through the upper surface of the lens body, a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, and a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; a switch configured switch the RF input between the input ports; and a plurality of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to one of the output ports.
- RF radio frequency
- phased array antenna devices having a compact electronic lens (e.g., a lacunated lens) for beamforming.
- a phased array antenna may include: a radio frequency (RF) input configured to connect to an RF transceiver; an electronic lens having a lens body, wherein the lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, a plurality of openings through the upper surface of the lens body, wherein the openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the output ports at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body, a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, and a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; a steering control configured to control a RF input configured to connect
- a phased array antenna device having a compact electronic lens for beamforming may include: a radio frequency (RF) input having a vertical RF line and a horizontal RF line; a vertical electronic lens having a vertical lens body, wherein the vertical lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, a plurality of openings through the upper surface of the vertical lens body, a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the vertical lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, and a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the vertical lens body.
- RF radio frequency
- the device may also include a horizontal electronic lens having a horizontal lens body, wherein the horizontal lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, a plurality of openings through the upper surface of the horizontal lens body, a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the horizontal lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the horizontal lens body; a switch configured switch the vertical RF line between the input ports of the vertical lens body and to switch the horizontal RF line between the input ports of the horizontal lens body; and a plurality of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to an output port from the plurality of output ports on the horizontal lens body and an output port from the plurality of output ports on the vertical lens body.
- any of the compact lenses described herein may be relatively small, particularly compared to prior art lenses operating on similar radio frequencies.
- an RF input may be configured to transmit an RF signal between about 2 GHz and about 50 GHz (e.g., between 2 GHz and 30 GHz), and the upper surface may have a surface area less than about 8 cm x 8cm (or a maximum dimension of less than about 12 cm, e.g., less than 1 1 cm, less than 10 cm, less than 9 cm, less than 8 cm, etc.).
- phased array antennas described herein may include an integrated transceiver, or may be configured to mate with a transceiver (e.g., a more general-purpose transceiver) using the RF input device.
- the transceiver may be an RF radio.
- any of the phased array antennas described herein may include multiple (e.g., lacunated) lenses.
- any of these devices may include a second electronic lens having a second lens body, wherein the second lens body has a second upper surface forming a plane, a second lower surface parallel to the second upper surface, a second dielectric between the second upper and second lower surface, a second plurality of openings through the second upper surface of the second lens body, a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the second lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, and a second plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the second lens body.
- a phased array antenna may have a horizontal and a vertical polarization path for emitting/receiving RF signals on the antenna, and each path may have a dedicated lens.
- the antenna radiating elements may be of any desirable dimension and shape, as appropriate for the frequencies to be transmitted and/or received.
- the antenna elements may be radiating disks.
- the antenna elements including multiple (discrete) radiating elements that are electrically connected.
- each of the antenna elements may comprise a line of electrically connected radiating disks.
- the one or more lenses included as part of the phased array antennas described herein may include any of the features described for the lenses, such a lens body comprising a microstrip, a lens body having a square (or roughly square) shape, input ports arranged on the outer perimeter of the lens body opposite from the output ports, etc.
- any of the phased array antennas described herein may include one or more
- a phased array antenna may also include one or more omnidirectional antenna elements connected to the RF input that bypass the vertical lens and the horizontal lens.
- An omnidirectional may broadcast/receive in an un-steered manner (e.g., over a broad directional range) and/or may broadcast/receive a fixed directional range.
- an antenna may include an omnidirectional antenna element that is connected to the vertical RF line and the horizontal RF line and bypasses the vertical lens and the horizontal lens.
- a radio device e.g., transceiver
- an antenna e.g., a phased array antenna
- this connection may also be used to help control (e.g., steer) the antenna.
- Identifying and/or controlling the type of antenna connected to an RF radio may be particularly relevant in variations in which the radio (transceiver) is configured/adapted to be connected to a variety of different antenna.
- a radio may have a self-contained body with one or more (e.g., a horizontal RF connector
- the radio and/or antenna may also transmit power via the USB connector(s), including Power over Ethernet (POE).
- POE Power over Ethernet
- a method of connecting a radio device to an antenna may include: connecting a (e.g., a self-contained) radio device having a first USB connector to an antenna having a second USB connector; and identifying the antenna based on a voltage of the ground pin on the second USB connector.
- a method of connecting and configuring a radio device to work with an antenna may include:
- the method may also include transmitting steering information from the radio to a beamforming lens of the antenna when the antenna is identified as a phased array antenna.
- the method may also include configuring the radio device based on the identity of the antenna to transmit and receive data using the antenna.
- Configuring the radio device may include sending control information to the antenna for steering, timing or otherwise processing signals to/from the antenna.
- Configuring may also include configuring the output/input of the radio device when communicating with the antenna.
- configuring may comprises transmitting control information from the radio device to the antenna.
- Configuring may include transmitting steering information from the radio device to a beamforming lens of the antenna.
- identifying the type of antenna my include identifying (from a predetermined set of information, e.g., look-up table, based on as sensed parameter) characteristics of the antenna such as the number of input ports and output ports, etc.
- the step of connecting may include connecting one or more radio frequency (RF) connectors between the radio device and the antenna.
- the radio may include a horizontal and vertical RF connector, each of which may be connected to the antenna.
- connecting may include connecting the USB port of the radio device to the USB port of the antenna.
- identifying may include using a detection circuit to compare the voltage of the ground pin on the second USB connector to a predetermined voltage.
- the detection circuit may be part of the radio device or may be connectable to the radio device.
- the detection circuit may also be referred to as an identification circuit, which identifies the type of antenna to which a radio is connected.
- identifying the antenna may include determining a digital identifier of the antenna based on the voltage of the ground pin on the second USB connector. Identifying may include comparing the voltage of a ground pin on the second USB connector to a predetermined voltage.
- the method of connecting and/or identifying an antenna to a radio device may also include biasing the ground pin on the second USB connector to a predetermine voltage (e.g., the ground pin on the antenna USB connector).
- apparatuses e.g., devices and systems, including radio/transceiver devices
- radio/transceiver devices that are adapted to detect (and/or control) the type of antenna to which the radio device is connected.
- radio devices that may be used with a variety of antennas and are configured to identify and/or control the type of antenna to which they are connected through the ground pin(s) of a USB connector.
- a radio device may include: a receiver configured to receive RF signals; a transmitter configured to transmit RF signals; at least one RF output/input line; a USB port; and a detection circuit connected to a ground pin of the USB port and configured to compare the voltage of the USB port to a predetermined value and output an indicator of the identity of a type of antenna when the USB port of the radio device is connected to the USB port of the antenna.
- the detection circuit may include a plurality of comparators configured to compare the voltage of the ground pin of the USB port to a predetermined value.
- any of the radio devices described herein may be configured to transmit steering information when the detection circuit detects a phased array antenna.
- any of the antennas described herein may be used as part of an access point, either alone, or in combination with other antennas.
- methods and systems for operating an access point comprising an array of antennas.
- the access point is configured to operate a plurality of directional beams
- the method comprising: transmitting a training packet for each of the plurality of directional beams of the access point, wherein each training packet includes an identifier specific to the directional beam transmitting the training packet; receiving at the access point, in response to the training packet, a response packet from a station device, wherein the response packet includes the identifier specific to the directional beam transmitting the training packet and a priority value associated with one or more criteria for directional beam selection; designating a directional beam from the plurality of directional beams for communicating with the station device based on the priority value received in the response packet; and transmitting data between the access point and the station device using the directional beam designated for the station device to transmit data to the station device.
- a method of operating an access point in a wireless network may include: assigning one of the directional beams from the plurality of directional beams to a station device, by: transmitting a plurality of training packets, wherein each training packet identifies a directional beam and is transmitted using the identified directional beam; receiving a response packet from a station device, wherein the response packet identifies one of the directional beams of the plurality of directional beams and includes a priority value associated with one of the training packets; and designating the station device a directional beam based on the priority value; and transmitting data between the access point and the station device using the directional beam designated for the station device to transmit data to the station device.
- More than one station devices may be assigned directional beams by this method.
- any of these methods may include assigning a directional beam from the plurality of directional beams to a second station device.
- Directional beams may be assigned from the plurality of directional beams to a second station device, and transmitting data between the access point and the second station device may use the directional beam assigned to the second station device.
- the method of assigning directional beams to specific station devices may be particularly configured so that the steps of assigning (e.g., transmitting the training packets, receiving response packets and assigning or re-assigning directional beams) is done only infrequency, e.g., at predetermined intervals that are less than once per half-minute, once per minute, once per second, once per 2 sec, once per 5 sec, once per 10 sec, once per 15 sec, once per 30 sec, once per 1 min, once per 2 min, once per 3 min, once per 5 min, once per 10 min, once per 15 min, once per 20 min, once per 30 min, once per hour, etc.).
- transmitting the training packet for each of the plurality of directional beams may mean transmitting the training packet less frequently than once every second, once every five seconds, etc.
- the methods and apparatuses described herein may also be configured so that the data rate between the access point (e.g., phased array antenna) and any of the station device communicating with the access point is selectable and may be matched to the use of a particular directional beam and/or particular timeslots dedicated to station devices and un-dedicated time slots.
- any of the methods or apparatuses may be configured to transmit signals from the station device to the access point at a first rate using the directional beam designated for the station device during a first time period assigned to the station device and transmit signals from the station device to the access point at a second, lower rate without using the directional beam designated for the station device during a second time period.
- any of the apparatuses and methods described herein may be configured to operate with a different directional beam for transmission to the station device and receiving data from the station device.
- described herein are methods and devices in which transmitting data from the access point to the station device may include using a first designated directional beam (for that particular station device) and receiving data at the access point from that station device may use a second direction beam that is different from the designated directional beam.
- separate receive directional beams and transmit directional beams may be assigned (e.g., by the access point).
- the apparatus or method may be configured to include designating a receive directional beam from the plurality of directional beams for receiving signals from the station device.
- transmitting data may generally comprise transmitting data from one of a plurality of directional antennas forming the access point, wherein each directional antenna is associated with a directional beam from the plurality of directional beams.
- transmitting data comprises transmitting data from a phased array antenna farming the access point, wherein the phased array antenna phased array antenna comprises phase angles associated with directional beams from the plurality of directional beams.
- the phased array antenna may be beamformed in any way, including using any type of phase shifter, or array of phase shifter, and/or it may use a lens (e.g., compact lacunated lens as described herein)
- Transmitting data may include transmitting data from a phased array antenna at different phase angles wherein the phased array antenna includes a plurality of phase shifters configured to select the directional beams of the access point.
- the methods and apparatuses described herein may be configured to construct the training packets and receive response packets so that directional beams may be assigned to particular station devices.
- the method (or an apparatus configured to perform the method) may include constructing the training packets in a processor of the access point.
- a training packet may be constructed for each of a plurality of directional beams (e.g., beam angles), and the training packet specific to a particular directional beam may encode a reference to that directional beam; it may then be transmitted at that directional beam by the access point.
- a reference to the directional beam may include a reference to the particular antenna (e.g., when dedicated directional antennas are used), phase angle (e.g., phrase array antennas), or any other reference indicating the directional beam from the access point.
- the response packet typically includes a reference to the directional beam and the station device transmitting the response packet, as well as a specific priority value related to the goodness of the signal received by the station device.
- the priority value may include an indicator of one or more of: signal strength; packet error rate; or a modulation scheme.
- the response value may be the carrier to interference noise ratio (CINR) and/or error vector magnitude (EVM).
- the apparatus may be configured to operate using TDMA, and to designate timeslots for upstream and/or downstream transmission/reception between the access point and the various station devices.
- these apparatuses may operate by shifting the data rate (and the directional beam) so that at timeslots dedicated for communication between the access point and a particular station device, a first mode (e.g., a higher rate transmission mode) may be used along with the assigned directional beam for that station, while at timeslots that are not specific to a particular station device (e.g., unassigned time slots, general time slots, overflow time slots, etc.) a different, e.g., lower rate mode, may be used, without the specific directional beam for that station.
- a first mode e.g., a higher rate transmission mode
- a different, e.g., lower rate mode may be used, without the specific directional beam for that station.
- a method of operating an access point in a wireless network may include: assigning each of a plurality of station devices one of the directional beams from the plurality of directional beams; allocating upstream timeslots to each of the plurality of station device and allocating general upstream timeslots that are not associated with a single station device; receiving data at a first rate at the access device from a station device of the plurality of station devices during an upstream timeslot allocated to the station device and using the directional beam assigned for the station device; receiving data at a second data rate at the access device from a station device of the plurality of station devices during a second upstream timeslot that is a general upstream timeslot.
- the first rate may have a different modulation scheme than the second rate; e.g., the first rate may be higher than the second rate.
- Receiving data at the second rate may include using a directional beam that is different from the directional beam assigned to the station device.
- different updstream directional beams and downstream directional beams may be used for all or some of the stations devices. Any of these methods may also include allocating downstream timeslots to each of the plurality of stations devices and transmitting data (e.g., at the first rate) to a station device of the plurality of stations during a downstream timeslot allocated to the station device and using the directional beam assigned for the station device.
- an access point which comprises an array of antennae, in a wireless network.
- the access point sends a training packet via an antenna of the array of antennae.
- This training packet includes an identifier of the antenna.
- the access point receives a response packet corresponding to the training packet from an end device.
- This response packet includes the identifier of the antenna and priority values associated with one or more criteria for antenna selection from the array of antennae. Based on the priority values, the access point determines the antenna to be the designated antenna for communicating with the end device.
- At least one of the antennae in the array of antennae may be a broadcast antenna.
- the access point may identify a second end device for which the access point has not designated an antenna and uses the broadcast antenna for communicating with the second end device.
- At least one of the antennae in the array of antennae may be a virtual broadcast antenna, which is logically coupled with a respective antenna of the array of antennae.
- the training packet may be a multi-destination packet.
- the access point may transmit a packet to the end device via the antenna during a dedicated downstream timeslot allocated for the end device.
- a criterion in the criteria for antenna selection may correspond to: (1) signal strength of the end device, (2) packet error rate between the access point and the end device, or (3) a modulation scheme.
- the access point may send a training packet via an antenna of the array of antennae.
- This training packet can include an identifier of the antenna.
- the access point receives a wireless acknowledgement packet corresponding to the training packet from an end device and determines priority values associated with one or more criteria for antenna selection from the array of antennae based on the wireless acknowledgement packet. Based on the determined priority values, the access point determines the antenna to be the designated antenna for communicating with the end device.
- the access point and the end device may contend for transmission time between the access point and the end device.
- the contention between the access point and the end device content may be based on Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.1 1 family of standards.
- the training packet may be a uni-destination packet for the end device.
- a criterion in the criteria for antenna selection may correspond to: (1) signal strength of the end device, (2) packet error rate between the access point and the end device, or (3) a modulation scheme.
- antenna systems that include an array of antenna elements.
- a first subset of the antenna elements may be adapted to transmit an omni-directional signal.
- a second subset of the antenna elements may be adapted to transmit a directional signal with a horizontal polarization.
- a third subset of the antenna elements may be adapted to transmit a directional signal with a vertical polarization.
- the antenna system may also include an antenna control module.
- the antenna control module may send a training packet via the first subset of antenna elements, wherein the training packet includes an identifier of the antenna system.
- the antenna control module receives a response packet corresponding to the training packet from an end device, wherein the response packet includes the identifier of the antenna system and priority values associated with one or more criteria for selection of antenna elements.
- the antenna control module determines a direction and polarization to be used for communication with the end device.
- phased array antenna apparatuses that include: a controller; a radio frequency (RF) input connected to the controller; a plurality of phase shifters, wherein each phase shifter is connected to the RF input and wherein each phase shifter is connected to the controller; a plurality of antenna ports wherein each antenna port is connected to a phase shifter; an array of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to one of the antenna ports; wherein the controller is configured for beamforming the apparatus by setting a phase angle for each of the phase shifters to directional beams; and wherein the controller is configured to assign a station device a directional beam and to transmit data to the station device using the assigned directional beam, based on a response packet received from the station device in response to a training packet emitted by the array of antenna elements.
- RF radio frequency
- the controller may be configured to periodically transmit a training packet at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the training packet encodes an identifier of the directional beam.
- the controller may be configured to assign the directional beam to a station device based on the response packet received from the station device, wherein the response packet includes an identifier of a directional beam and a priority value associated with one of the training packets.
- the controller may be configured to periodically transmit training packets at each of a plurality of directional beams. For example, the controller may be configured to periodically transmit training packets at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the period is less than once every second, 2 sec, 5 sec, 15 sec, 30 sec, 45 sec, 1 minute, etc.).
- the controller may be configured to receive data from the station device at a first rate using the assigned directional beam at a first window of time, and to receive data from the station device at a second, slower, rate when not using the assigned directional beam during a second window of time.
- the controller may be configured to allocate upstream timeslots to the station device and to allocate general upstream timeslots that are not allocated to the station device, and to receive data at a first rate from the station device devices during an upstream timeslot allocated to the station device using the assigned directional beam, and to receive data at a second data rate from the station device during a second upstream timeslot that is not allocated to the station device.
- a controller may be configured to assign each of a plurality of station devices a directional beam based on a response packet received from each of the station devices in response to a training packet emitted by the array of antenna elements, and to transmit data to the station device using the assigned directional beam.
- the array of antenna elements may be a flat array; the antenna elements may be arranged in parallel (e.g., vertical) rows of emitting elements.
- each antenna element of the array of antenna elements may comprise a line of emitting elements.
- Each antenna element of the array of antenna elements may comprise a line of disc-shaped emitting elements.
- a phased array antenna apparatus may include a two-dimensional array of antenna emitters; and a radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem connected to the 2D array of antenna emitters, and configured to generate a plurality of RF signals that are phase shifted relatively to each other for beamforming of the plurality of RF signals emitted by the two dimensional array of antenna emitters.
- RF radio frequency
- a radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem may include, as described above, an RF radio (transceiver), and a separate or separable steering unit.
- the steering unit may be a controller (e.g., control circuitry) and a steering element (e.g., a plurality of phase shifters and/or a lacunated lens).
- control circuitry is part of the RF radio (transceiver).
- RF radio frequency
- the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem may comprise a plurality of phase shifters, wherein each phase shifter is connected to the RF transceiver and wherein steering subsystem is configured to set a phase angle for each of the phase shifters.
- the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem may comprise a lacunated lens.
- the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem may be configured to periodically transmit a training packet at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the training packet encodes an identifier of the directional beam.
- any of the phased array antenna apparatuses described herein may include: an antenna housing including; a two-dimensional array of antenna emitters forming two or more vertical columns of disc-shaped emitting surfaces arrange in a flat plane on a front side of the antenna housing; a pair of flared wings extending vertically along two sides of the two-dimensional array; a radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem connected to the 2D array of antenna emitters, and configured to generate a plurality of RF signals that are phase shifted relatively to each other for beamforming of the plurality of RF signals emitted by the two dimensional array of antenna emitters, wherein the RF transceiver and steering subsystem comprises a radio device; and two or more RF connectors on a back of the antenna housing, configured to connect the radio device to the two-dimensional array of antenna emitters.
- RF radio frequency
- the antenna elements of the array of antenna elements may comprise a line of emitting elements; for example, the antenna elements of the array of antenna elements may comprise a line of disc-shaped emitting elements.
- the antenna elements of the two-dimensional array of antenna elements comprise disc-shaped elements each having a concave emitting surface.
- FIGS. 1 A, IB, 1C and ID show front, side, side perspective, and back views, respectively, of an phased array antenna as described herein that is steerable using a compact (e.g., lacunated) lens having a plurality of groups (or lines) of radiating antenna elements that may be used to steer the beam of the antenna.
- a compact lens e.g., lacunated
- FIG. 2 illustrates the operation of a phased array antenna such as the one shown in FIGS. 1A-1D, communicating with a variety of wireless devices arranged at different azimuthal positions.
- FIG. 3A schematically illustrates one variation of a phased array antenna including a compact electronic lens adapted for beamforming the phased array antenna.
- FIG. 3B is another schematic of a phased array antenna such as the one shown in FIG. 3A.
- FIGS. 3C, 3D and 3E show back, side and front views, respectively, illustrating an example of components of a phased array antenna such as the one shown schematically in FIG. 3B.
- FIGS. 4A, 4B and 4C illustrate top views of variations of compact, electronic lenses for beamforming as described herein.
- FIG. 5 is a top view of an example of a prior-art Rotman lens.
- FIG. 6A is a schematic illustrating one variation of a phased array antenna having both horizontal and vertical transmission/reception paths, and including separate horizontal and vertical compact (lacunated) lenses.
- FIG. 6B is a schematic illustration of one example of the antenna portion (showing an array of emitting antenna elements) as described herein.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B show top views of a portion of a phased array antenna including the switching circuitry and compact (lacunated) lenses as described herein; the lenses shown may be used with a phased array antenna such as the one shown in FIG. 3C.
- FIG. 8A shows a front perspective view of an exemplary antenna array having a plurality of emitting elements arranged in vertical groups similar to the variation shown in FIG. 3E and 6B.
- FIG. 8B is a side perspective view of the antenna array shown in FIG. 8A.
- FIG. 9A is a front view of another example of antenna (emitter) elements of a phased array antenna.
- FIG. 9B is a back view of the phased array antenna emitter elements shown in FIG. 9A.
- FIG. 9C shows one example of an antenna (emitter) element of the phased array antenna of FIG. 9A.
- FIGS. 10A, 10B and IOC show front, side and back views, respectively, of one variation of a phased array antenna that may be used with a removable/replaceable RF radio (transceiver).
- FIG. 10D is another example of a back view of the phased array antenna of FIGS. lOA-lOC.
- FIGS. 10E and 10F show back perspective and top views, respectively, or the phased array antenna of FIGS. l OA-l OC.
- FIG. 1 1 is an exploded view of a phased array antenna that may be used with a removable RF radio, similar to the variation shown in FIGS. 10A-10F.
- FIG. 12A is a schematic illustration of a sensing (detection) circuit that may be used with a removable (e.g., self-contained) RF radio to detect the type of antenna that the radio is connected to from the ground pin of a USB connector.
- FIG. 12B illustrates the identification of the identity of an antenna when the radio is connected, using a circuit such as the one shown in FIG. 12A.
- FIG. 13 schematically illustrates the control of a phased array antenna that is connected to an RF radio device once the antenna type has been identified by the radio.
- FIGS. 14A-14M illustrate one method for setting up a phased array antenna, including connecting a removable RF radio with the phased array antenna (FIGS. 14A-14H), and mounting the connected phased array antenna (FIGS. 14I-14M).
- FIG. 15A illustrates an exemplary array of antennae operating as an AP.
- FIG. 15B illustrates an exemplary system managing an array of antennae operating as an AP.
- FIG. 15C illustrates an exemplary an array of antennae, which includes a broadcast antenna, operating as an AP.
- FIG. 15D illustrates an exemplary an array of antennae, which includes a virtual broadcast antenna, operating as an AP.
- FIG. 16A presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of an AP actively learning antenna association of end devices.
- FIG. 16B presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of an end device facilitating active learning of antenna association.
- FIG. 17 presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of an AP passively learning antenna association of end devices.
- FIG. 18 presents an exemplary time-division multiple access (TDMA) channel access method of an AP.
- TDMA time-division multiple access
- FIG. 19A presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary downstream transmission process of an AP.
- FIG. 19B presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary upstream reception process of an AP based on dedicated timeslots.
- FIG. 19C presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary upstream transmission process of an end device.
- FIG. 20 illustrates an exemplary AP system that comprises an array of antennae operating as the AP system.
- FIG. 21 is another example of a system including an array of sector antennas that may be controlled as an AP system as described herein.
- FIG. 22 is another example of a system including an array of antennas or antenna elements, each phase shifted (e.g., to steer) that may be controlled as an AP system as described herein.
- Phased array antennas are described herein, including phased array antennas that include a compact, electronic lens for steering (beamforming) the antenna.
- the array antennas, and of systems including such antennas are described in greater detail below, and may include: compact, electronic lenses (e.g., lacunated lenses) for steering a phased array antenna, phased array antennas incoiporating such compact electronic lenses, phased array antennas adapted for use with a removable, self-contained RF radio (transceiver) device, methods and devices for identifying the type of antenna (including the type of phased array antenna) to which a removable, self- contained RF radio is connected, methods and device for controlling a phased array antenna by a removable, self- contained RF radio, and arrangements of antenna (emitting) elements within a phased array antenna.
- systems and methods of operating an access point using an antenna array which may include one or more phased array antennas, including those described herein. Any of the elements and features described herein may
- FIGS. 1A-1D illustrate one variation of a phased array antenna.
- This variation is configured as a phased array base station antenna.
- a phased array antenna may include a plurality of emitting antenna elements that may be placed on and/or in a housing 101.
- the housing may include a cover to protect the antenna elements, e.g., from weather.
- the housing also includes a pair of flared 'wings' 103 extending vertically along two of the four sides. These wings may shield the antenna elements, and may be formed of a metal (shielding) material.
- phased array antenna is adapted to be mounted, as illustrated in more detail below, in an upright, vertical position, and can be controlled by the beamforming lens to scan or orient azimuthally (e.g. in the horizontal direction).
- the back of the housing of the phased array antenna shown in FIG. ID illustrates the mounting portions 105, 107 and a connection region 1 1 1.
- the housing may also include a level (e.g., spirit level 1 13) for assisting in alignment of the device.
- a phased array antenna may communicate wirelessly by RF signal transmission with one or more wireless devices within range of the phased array antenna. As illustrated schematically in FIG.
- a single phased array antenna 209 may direct beams to one or more wireless devices.
- three exemplary devices 21 1, 213, 215 are illustrated.
- the phased array antenna may be steered electronically, without requiring gross movement of the antenna, to communicate with each of the three devices that are separated from each other in space (e.g., azimuthally).
- the phased array antenna may be connected to a second phased array antenna or another type of wireless device (including an antenna) and/or may be configured as an access point.
- FIG. 2 is a top view of (e.g., looking down on) a phased array antenna deployed to communicate with a variety of wireless devices.
- the phased array antenna may be configured as a base station.
- any of the phased array antennas described herein may include or may be adapted to connect with, a radio (RF radio) device that acts as a transceiver (transmitter and receiver) for RF signals at one or more desired frequencies .
- a radio RF radio
- the apparatus shown in FIGS. 1 A-1D may be configured to accommodate an RF radio (e.g., the Ubiquity "Rocket M5") and which may connect on a portion (e.g., the back) of the device.
- the devices described herein may include an integrated radio.
- the transceiver can also be incorporated into the device.
- FIG. 3A schematically illustrates the operation of a phased array antenna as described herein.
- the antenna includes or is connected to an RF radio 301 that provides input to the antenna, including a steering angle selection switch 305 and an electronic lens 307 that effectively steers the antenna emitting element(s) 31 1.
- the RF antenna may provide RF signal input/output, which may be a single input/output or may include multiple (e.g., parallel) input/output signals, including horizontal and vertical polarization signals.
- the radio may also configured the output/input signals using any appropriate technique, e.g., single and multiple access/encoding such as frequency-division multiple access (FDMA) and frequency division duplex (FDD), etc.
- FDMA frequency-division multiple access
- FDD frequency division duplex
- the radio may be connected to the phased array antenna through one or multiple connections, including connections to steer the antenna to direct the antenna beam towards a particular target azimuthal direction (e.g., 40°, 20°, 0°, -20, -40°) from the orientation of the antenna.
- the switch 305 may select the angle of the phased array antenna by selecting which input ports (e.g., "beam ports") 331 feeding into the lens 307. In this example, five beam ports are illustrated. Each beam port has a characteristic (e.g., predetermined) angle associated with that particular beam port. In FIG. 3A, the angle associated with each beam port is indicated above the beam port (e.g., 40°, 20°, 0°, -20, -40°).
- the output port (e.g., antenna ports) 333 of the lens may be time-delayed relative to data sent and/or received by a particular beam port, resulting in steering of the beam to the particular angle, as indicated. For example, if input is applied non the beam port associated with the -20° phase angle, signals applied into the lens from this beam port will result in a wave front 341 as indicated in FIG. 3 A. Similarly, by switching between any of the other beam ports 331 of the lens 307, the antenna beam may be steered to any of the other predetermined azimuthal angles (indicated by dashed lines in this example).
- the apparatus may be configured so that signals may be applied onto to a single beam port at a time. Details of the structure and operation of the lens are provided in greater detail below.
- FIG. 3B shows another schematic example of a phased array antenna, similar to that shown in FIG. 3A.
- the radio 301, steering angle select switch(s) 305 and lens 307 may be similar to those shown in FIG. 3 A, however antenna 311 emitting elements 315 are also illustrated on the antenna.
- the antenna is oriented so that the emitting elements 315 will be positioned vertically to allow azimuthal steering of the RF signals.
- the emitting elements 315 are configured as elongated emitting elements; each emitting element may be a single emitter or a plurality of connected emitters, as illustrated in FIG. 3E.
- the switch(s) 305, lens 307, and antenna emitters may be included in the antenna housing.
- the radio may also be included within the same housing.
- a single PCB 351 may be used to hold form the switch(s) and lens(s) within the housing and may be connected to each of the antenna emitting elements.
- the PCB is mounted on one side (e.g., the back side) of a support that also holds the plurality of antenna emitting elements 315.
- Each of the antenna ports of the lens are connected by electrical connections (e.g., wires, traces, etc.) to each of the antenna emitting elements 315.
- electrical connections e.g., wires, traces, etc.
- the antenna includes 48 individual antenna emitting elements 315, arranged in six vertical lines of eight individual emitting elements; within this arrangement, each of the eight individual elements are electrically connected so that all eight emit/receive synchronously.
- This arrangement of lines of connected individual emitting element is particularly beneficial, and may help in focusing the beam in the elevation plane.
- a single antenna emitting element may be used.
- the apparatus is configured to connect to a radio (not shown).
- the radio may be integrated into the device, and may be formed on the same PCB as the lens and switches.
- the antenna consists of an array of approximately cone-shaped disk/wafer transmitters 315 on a panel.
- the antenna board connects to the electronic lens board, so that the phased array may direct the direction of the focused radio wave signal.
- Any appropriate radio can be connected to the phased array antenna and may provide directional transmission of radio waves.
- the compact lenses described herein are adapted for electronic beam steering. These lenses are compact beam steering lenses may be formed from parallel plates (for example, a stripline) where there are a plurality of openings (holes, gaps, lacuna, etc.) formed in the plane of the lens body.
- the lens body may be formed of two parallel, conductive plates separated by a dielectric material.
- the lens body extends in a plane (parallel with each of the plates), and the holes, gaps, lacunae, etc. in the body may be formed into this plane. Because of the multiple holes/openings/gaps/lacunae in the lens body, these lenses may be referred to as lacunated lenses.
- a lacunated lens allows steering of a beam of a phase-array antenna without the need for phase shifters.
- a lacunated lens typically has multiple antenna beam ports, where each beam port has an associated (predefined and predetermined) constant phase shift and has multiple antenna input/output ports (e.g., array output ports) that are each connected to antenna radiating elements.
- the beam ports may be referred to as antenna beam ports, antenna beam input ports, input ports, or beam phase ports.
- the beam ports can be connected to switches that allow switching between the beam ports to determine the angle of the beam for the array antenna.
- the lacunated lens also includes a plurality of antenna ports for connection to antenna elements.
- the antenna elements may also be referred to as antenna radiating/receiving elements, radiating elements or antenna receiving elements.
- Antenna elements are typically connected on one side of the lacunated lens, with beam ports connected on the opposite side of the lacunated lens.
- the lacunated lens may also be thought of as a quasi-microstrip (or quasi-stripline) circuit where each beam port represents (or results in) a constant phase shift at the antenna ports, by feeding (or receiving from) the antenna elements at phases that vary linearly across a row. The variations in phase result in steering of the phased array, as illustrated in FIG. 3 A.
- FIGS. 4A-4C illustrate variations of lacunated lenses.
- the lacunated lens has a carefully chosen shape and location of the lacuna or openings through the parallel plates within the inner region of the lens; these openings produce a wave front across the antenna ports that is phased by the time delay in the signal transmission, so that each beam port correspond to a distinct beam angle shift at the output.
- Aiming the array antenna may involve selecting a specific beam port (or combinations of beam ports).
- the lens may have N beam ports and M antenna ports, where the N beam ports each correspond to a different phase angle, and the M antenna ports each connect to a distinct antenna element.
- the lacunated lens has five beam ports 405 (in this example, N is 5) and also has five antenna ports 410 (Mis 5).
- the lens is formed from as a microstrip so that there are multiple cut-out regions 403 (openings, lacuna, etc.) in the plane forming the lens, within the body of the lens 401 between the beam ports and the antenna ports.
- the lens may be formed as a printed circuit board (e.g., microstrip) structure, although other parallel-plate structures could be used.
- the lens may be printed using an FR4 (e.g., FR408) material.
- FR408 is a high-performance FR-4 epoxy laminate having a low dielectric constant and low dissipation factor.
- the holes are regions where the signal is not passed through the body of the lens.
- the radio signal must travel in a path through the regions between the openings along the body 401.
- the opening may have any shape.
- FIG. 4 A shows the openings as generally rectangular, the openings may be square, triangular, circular, five-sided, six-sided, seven-sided, eight-sided, etc.
- FIG. 4C illustrates openings having different sizes and shapes, including oval and triangular.
- the number of openings may also be varied. For example, in some variations the number of openings may be greater than 2, greater than M, greater than N, greater than Mx N, etc.
- the shape and sizes of the openings may be selected based on the path length and transit time, as well as the constructive and destructive effects of traveling through the parallel plate structure having multiple separate but converging paths.
- the signal input/output at a particular beam port may be pre-defined (e.g., to have a desired phase angle and location on the edge of the lens body), and the number of antenna beam ports may also be predefined.
- the one or more solutions resulting in the predetermined timing delay causing the phase shift at the antenna ports may be resolved.
- the openings are symmetric about a midline transverse to the antenna ports and beam ports. This symmetry may not be necessary.
- the examples shown are intended to provide relatively evenly spaced phase angle shifts; the spacing between phase angles may be irregular (e.g., for a set of five antenna ports, -40°, - 30°, 10°, 15°, 40°), and customized.
- the arrangement of the openings as well as the overall shape (e.g., outer perimeter) of the plane forming the body of the lens may be modified to adjust the phase shift of the lens, and may be determined experimentally or solved for by simulation.
- the timing of a signal from each of the beam ports to each of the antenna ports through the body of the lens, including traveling around the holes, may determine the effective phase at each of the antenna ports.
- the length and connection of each antenna port to each antenna emitting element may also be included in this estimate, so that the steering can be determined.
- the overall shape of the lens body may be varied. For example, in FIG. 4A the lens body has a grossly rectangular shape; while in FIGS.
- the lens body is more regularly rectangularly (or square) shaped.
- the lens body may have other shapes (e.g., trapezoidal, oval, pentagonal, hexagonal, heptagonal, octagonal, oval, etc.).
- these lenses operate in both transmission and reception of electromagnetic signals.
- steering the beam to be transmitted may involve feeding a signal to one of the different input ports (or for steering to intermediate angles, feeding combinations of ports).
- the beam is steered by phasing the time delay of transmission from the array of emitting elements based on the angle desired.
- Receiving signals from one (or combinations of) beam ports (“listening" on these beam ports) may determine the angle from which a signal was received by the antenna.
- the lenses described herein are particularly compact and efficient.
- Traditional lenses for beamforming such as Rotman lenses and variations thereof, are structured differently, and must therefore be much larger than the lacunated lenses described here.
- a traditional Rotman lens has a plurality of inputs with fixed/constant phase shift, a plurality of outputs that each connect to a radiating element, and a plurality of dummy ports to provide refelctionless termination.
- a Rotman lens generally has a carefully chosen shape and appropriate length transmission lines to produce a wave front across the output that is phased by the time delay in the signal transmission.
- FIG. 5 shows an example of a basic diagram of a traditional Rotman lens.
- the Rotman lens in FIG. 5 consists of a set Nb of input (beam) ports and a set of N a output (array/antenna) ports arranged along an arc.
- the lens structure between both sets of ports functions as an ideal transmission line between the individual input and output ports.
- the signal applied to an input port is picked up by the output ports, and the different electrical lengths between a specific input and all output ports generates a linear progressive phase shift across the output ports of the lens.
- a large number of terminal or "dummy" ports are also an integral part of the Rotman lens and serve as an absorber for the spillover of the lens and thus it reduces multiple reflections and standing waves which deteriorate the lens performance.
- the design of these types of lenses is governed by the Rotman-Turner design equations, based on the geometry of the lens. These equations assume a solid parallel plate region (e.g., without holes) and the presence of dummy ports.
- a principle advantage, and distinction, between the lacunated lenses described herein and traditional Rotman-type lenses is the sizing.
- the lacunated lenses described herein may be made substantially smaller than Rotman lenses.
- a typical Rotman lens may require a roughly 12 x 12 cm lens when operating in the RF frequency range (e.g., 2 GHz to 30 GHz).
- a lacunated lens as described herein may have comparable or superior performance at a fraction of this size.
- the lacunated lens shown in FIGS. 4A-4C and other examples may be about 5 cm x 6 cm or smaller. Without intending to be bound by a particular theory of operation, this may be a result of the increased path lengths resulting from the holes through the body of the lens in the lacunated lenses described herein, as mentioned above.
- FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate another example of a phased array antenna using lacunated lenses.
- the phased array antenna receives both horizontal and vertical polarization input from the RF radio 601, and may separately transmit/receive the horizontal and vertical signal components through a dedicated horizontal component lacunated lens 607 and a vertical component lacunated lens 609.
- the radio 601 which may be integrated with or separate from the rest of the antenna, connects the RF horizontal and vertical signal components to the switch 605.
- Additional control elements may be used either as part of a control for the phased array antenna or (more likely) as part of the RF radio; the additional control may determine the control information/configuration for the phased array antenna, including which beam ports to use, and timing of the applied energy.
- the two lenses may be steered together (e.g., in tandem) or independently, and each lens may be connected (via the antenna ports) to each of the antenna emitting elements.
- FIG. 6A there are five antenna ports for each lens, and six antenna emitting lines.
- each antenna emitting line may comprise multiple, linked antenna emitting elements; in FIG.
- the antenna may include an omni-directional set of antenna elements 625 in addition to the beamformed (aimed) sets.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate one example of a pair of lenses such as those described for FIG. 6A and 6B above, in which the lenses are formed along with the switches (e.g., on a PCB) and include connectors 703 for connecting the antenna ports to the array of antenna emitting elements (not visible in FIG. 7A and 7B).
- this example has five antenna ports 705 for the horizontal lens, one horizontal omni-directional connection 707, five antenna ports 709 for the vertical lens, and one vertical omni-directional connection 711.
- These ports may be connected to the antenna emitting elements (e.g., on an opposite side of the antenna housing).
- the antenna emitting elements may be arranged in an array so that the line of emitting elements (which may be referred to collectively as an antenna element, and therefore includes one or more antenna emitting elements) and connected to the appropriate antenna ports.
- FIGS. 9A and 9B show front and back portions, respectively or an array of antenna elements.
- FIG. 9A eight antenna emitting elements are shown connected to form a line (vertical line) making an antenna element.
- FIG. 9B the connections to the antenna ports on the back side of the antenna substrate is shown.
- FIG. 9C shows an enlarged view, with exemplary dimensions, of a single antenna emitting element.
- FIGS. 10A to 10F illustrate one variation of an assembled phased array antenna including a pair of lacunated lenses for horizontal and vertical components of RF signal communication.
- the apparatus is configured to dock with a RF radio device on the back of the antenna. It may be configured to accommodate a variety of transceivers. Alternatively, the transceiver can also be incorporated into the device itself.
- the antenna consists of an array of cone-shaped disk/wafer transmitters on a panel.
- the antenna board connects to the electronic lens board, using the phased array to direct the direction of the focused radio wave.
- FIG. 10D illustrates one variation of a back of the phased array antenna including mounting regions 1003 and connections for coupling to the RF connectors 1005, 1005' (e.g., horizontal and vertical RF component connectors).
- the back may also include a USB port 1007.
- a spirit level 101 1 may also be included to help align the antenna.
- the back may include attachment elements for coupling to an RF Radio device, including a cover or shroud 1013 for covering the radio once connected.
- FIG. 1 1 shows an exploded view of the device of FIGS. 10A-10F.
- the phased array antenna includes a front cover 1, and a rear housing 2.
- the rear housing may include the wings/deflectors described above, as well as attachments for the mounts (e.g., radio mount 5, pivot mount 16, 17; pole-mounting brackets 13, 15, 18, and mounting screws 26, 27), connecting cables (e.g., RF cables 10 connecting the RF radio to the antenna) and a cover for an RF radio that can attach to the back of the apparatus (not shown).
- a spirit level (bubble level) 9 may be integrated into the cover (e.g., back cover).
- the internal components may include the plurality of antenna emitting elements 12 (disk-like cones), each connected by screws/nuts to an antenna PCB 6. Connections between the individual antenna emitting elements may be made by a conductive element, such as a wire or trace; in FIG. 1 1 the conductive element is a conductive tape that can be used to connect a line of antenna emitting elements into a grouped antenna element, shown having eight individual antenna emitting elements, each.
- a printed circuit board 7 (lens PCBA) with the lens and control circuitry (e.g., switches, etc.) may be positioned behind the antenna PCB.
- a ground plate 31 is shown separating the front antenna side from the back circuitry/lens side.
- a plurality of cables 11 may connect the lens and control circuitry to the antenna elements (e.g., 130 mm cables). Fasteners such as screws and bolts may be used to secure the various components. Finally, as shown in FIG. 11, a seal 3 (e.g., gasket) may be positioned between the front and back covers.
- a seal 3 e.g., gasket
- any of the lenses described herein could be configured to operate (similar to a Bulter matrix) as a mulit-port amplifier, which is capable of selectively (or piecemeal) amplification by dividing a single input signal into N-signals or combining N-signals into a single output.
- two or more of the lense devices (such as those shown in FIGS.4A-4C) may be connected together (and even stacked atop each other for compact packing) to feed into each other. For example, with reference to FIG.
- energy applied into the input port(s) may be divide out into the M output ports; the output of all or just some of these output ports may be (e.g., individually) amplified, amplifying the energy, and the output could be fed into another lens and re-combined.
- each amplifier used to amplify the final output would need less power and/or may be smaller and more compact (and require both space and less overhead, e.g., for cooling). This may further allow the use of smaller, less expensive amplifiers, including chip amplifiers.
- the lenses described herein may be used in virtually any application that a Bulter matrix may be used, however the lenses described herein have numerous advantages over Bulter matrix devices, including their compact dimensions.
- a Butler matrix is typically a larger multilayered device, and may be difficult to use, in contract to the compact single (e.g., single dielectric) layer lenses described herein. CONNECTION TO RADIO/TRANSCIEVER
- any of the antennas described herein may be used with a removable/connectable RF radio (also referred to as a transceiver).
- the radio may be dedicated and/or permanently integrated into the antenna.
- the radio may be a radio that is configured to be operated with various types of antennas and removably connected to an antenna, such as the phased array antennas as described above.
- a radio may be an RF radio.
- the radio may include a transmitter and receiver, and may include one or more outputs/inputs (e.g., RF outputs/inputs) such as a horizontal polarization output/input and a vertical polarization output/input, as well as USB connector (of any appropriate type, such as a micro USB connector).
- Any of the antennas described herein may also include a USB connector or any appropriate type (e.g., a USB type A connector).
- the radio when connecting the device, the radio may be connected so that the data input/outputs (such as the RF outputs) are connected to the antenna, and the USB ports between the radio and antenna may also be connected. Power (e.g., POE) may be transmitted through the USB to power the antenna.
- the radio device e.g., transceiver
- the antenna can be paired with the antenna to transmit/receive.
- the radio device may benefit from knowing the identity of the antenna that it is connected to, so that the radio may control the direction of the beam (e.g., steer) the beam during operation of the radio.
- the radio may control the modulation technique (TMDA, etc.) or otherwise routing traffic to and from the radio.
- TMDA modulation technique
- the radio (which may also be referred to as a transceiver) may be configured to detect and identify the antenna that it is paired with, and, based on the identity of the antenna, configured the radio so as to transmit and receive using the antenna, including provide control signals to the antenna (e.g., for aiming the antenna). This may be particularly useful with the phased array antennas described herein.
- USB connection between the radio and the antenna that can be used to provide power and/or data between the radio and the antenna
- detection and/or communication between the antenna and the radio device may be done without the need for an additional communication link between the devices.
- a simplified circuit for signaling the identity of the antenna to the radio device may use the ground pins of the USB connection.
- the USB connection may be a static identifier of the antenna identity in an otherwise generic USB connection, without requiring the use of a data line/pin of the USB connection.
- the circuitry involved may be extremely robust and simple.
- a radio may include a USB connector that mates with a USB connector on the antenna.
- the traditionally dedicated ground pins on the USB connectors for the radio and the antenna USB connectors can be adapted to convey information identifying the antenna to the radio and in some variations, provide control information from the radio for steering the antenna.
- USB signals Universal Serial Bus signals
- the USB connector and standard USB cables may be adapted so that the dedicated ground pins transmit information about the identity and control for the antenna.
- the antenna device e.g., and phased array antenna device
- the radio device can detect that it is connected to a phased array antenna so that it can then coordinate the control of the beam steering. This may be achieved using an analog circuit connected to the USB ground pin.
- An analog detection circuit may be used to detect when the radio device is connected to a particular (e.g., predetermined) type of antenna, such as a phased array antenna having a known number of phase angles (beam ports, TV) and antenna elements (antenna ports, M).
- the radio USB connection may be a digital circuit that uses only the connector Shell as Ground reference for the digital transmission on the USB connector.
- the dedicated Ground pins (pin4 on the antenna side/pin5 on the radio side, in the example above) may be used by the radio to detect a predetermined antenna type.
- the radio includes an antenna detection circuit that allows the detection of the antenna (e.g., phased array antenna) and gives feedback back to radio (e.g., software controlling the radio and/or antenna) that the radio has been connected to a predetennined type of phased array antenna.
- the predetermined type of antenna may include, for example, phased array antennas having a particular number of antenna (radiating) elements and/or predetermined steering angles, predetermined bandwidth(s), or the like.
- a detection circuit may be an analog detection circuit that is operatively connected to the dedicated ground pins of the USB port(s).
- an antenna detection circuit (or “sensing" circuit) may use two (or more) comparators that have reference voltages, and a tight tolerance resistive divider. See, e.g., FIG. 12A, showing one example of a sensing circuit.
- a signal from the dedicated ground pin of the USB port (Pin4) may be used as the resistor value detection to ground to complete the circuit.
- the inputs from the USB Ground may be compared to determine the identity of the antenna.
- a predetermined type of antenna may have the ground pin of the USB (pin 4) set to a particular value that is different from the value that another type of antenna has, and that is different from a 'normal' USB ground value that all other (e.g., non-predetermined) antennas may have.
- a first type of phased array antenna having six RF paths with both horizontal and vertical polarization (for a total of 12 paths) that operates at a particular frequency band, e.g., within a 5GHz bandwidth, may have the ground pin of the USB (pin 4) at (or set to) a first voltage value
- a second type of phased array antenna having eight RF paths with both horizontal and vertical polarization (for a total of 16) that operates at a second frequency band e.g., also within a 5GHz bandwidth
- the sensing detection circuit may use the value of the USB ground pin (Pin4) on the antenna to determine which of four possibilities for the connection to the antenna are present: default, first type of phased array antenna (beam board 1), second type of phased array antenna (beam board 2), or non-beam board antenna.
- the sensing/detecting circuit shown in FIG. 12A includes only two binary digits (e.g., four possibilities), the circuit may include additional "digits" and therefore additional numbers of predetermined antenna types.
- the antenna sensing/detection circuit is an analog circuit that provides a digital output to the radio and indicates the type of antenna to which it is connected, and therefore may help the device automatically configure for transmission/reception using the antenna.
- This information may also be provided to a user or to a remote device to control and/or modify operation of the antenna and/or radio.
- the radio device uses the dedicated USB ground signal (USB_GND) from the antenna using the USB cable connection and comparators sense the voltage and report the result.
- USB_GND USB ground signal
- the detected antenna information may be reported via output to a GPIO digital signal on a host CPU.
- the radio may control the operation of the antenna.
- the radio may use several digital electronic ICs, and RF active parts to control the operation of the antenna, including switching the beam ports and thereby steering the antenna.
- this control information may be transmitted using the USB connection between the radio and the antenna, and data such as antenna control data, may be transmitted from the USB connection as well as power for powering the antenna.
- an antenna may receive power from a USB connector, such as power in from the USB connector provided by the radio, e.g., between about 4.2 to 5VDC.
- the antenna may also be controlled (e.g., steered) using control information from the USB connection.
- shift registers may be used to decode a serial stream of data from and convert it to parallel data, which is then fed to an RF switch matrix to select the correct RF beam on the electronic lens for beamforming (e.g., RF lens). This is shown in overview in FIG. 13.
- the antenna receives power and data from the radio, including from the USB connection.
- Data from the USB connection may be used to control the beamforming as mentioned above, by controlling the phase angle select switch that selects between the plurality of beam ports to select the predetermined phase angle and thereby steer the beam.
- the RF switch matrix determines which of the beam ports to feed particular information on so that the antenna directs this information properly in space.
- this circuitry is included as part of the lens circuitry on the antenna, as mentioned above.
- FIGS. 14A-14M show an example of one method of connecting, configuring and aligning a phased array antenna having a separate RF radio element.
- the phased array antenna is configured as a phased array base station antenna for point-to-multipoint linking.
- the phased array antenna (without the radio) in this example has dimensions of approximately 356 x 568 x 254 mm (14.02 x 22.36 x 10 inches), weighs about 6 kg (13.23 lb.) and is formed of primarily (e.g., the housing) of injection molded polycarbonate and die cast aluminum.
- the apparatus shown may have a frequency range of between about 5.1-5.9 GHz and a beamwidth of approximately 18° (with an electrical downtilt of 4°).
- the RF radio is separate from the integrated phased array antenna, and is connected to the antenna as shown in FIGS. 14A- 14H.
- the phased array antenna apparatus shown is similar to the variation illustrated in FIGS. 10A-F and 11, and includes a UBB port, a horizontal RF connector and a vertical RF connector, a radio mounting bracket and a cover or shroud for the RF radio once mounted to the antenna, and mounting elements for mounting the antenna to a pole or surface.
- FIG. 10A-F includes a UBB port, a horizontal RF connector and a vertical RF connector, a radio mounting bracket and a cover or shroud for the RF radio once mounted to the antenna, and mounting elements for mounting the antenna to a pole or surface.
- the RF radio device (shown in this example as a UbiqiutiTM Rocket M5 AC radio, though any other appropriate transceiver may be used) is prepared for connecting to the phased array antenna by removing a cover on the radio to expose the Ethernet connector and USB port.
- the Ethernet connection may be connected to an Ethernet cable.
- a USB cable may then be connected to the USB port, as shown in FIG. 14C, and the cover replaced over the radio device.
- the radio includes a pair of RF connectors (e.g., horizontal component connection and vertical component connection).
- the connectors may be connected to RF cables.
- the USB cable connected at one end to the radio device may then be connected to the antenna's USB (e.g., USB Type A) connector on the back of the antenna. Thereafter, the radio device may be mounted to the back of the antenna using the radio mounting brackets, as shown in FIG. 14F, in which the radio device is slid down into the mounting bracket until locked into place.
- the other ends of the RF cables (the vertical and horizontal and/or chain 1 and Chain 0) are then connected to the connectors on the back of the antenna, and a cover (e.g., shroud) may then be positioned over the radio and locked into place, covering the connections and cables.
- the cover may include a seal to prevent exposure to the elements (e.g., water, etc.).
- connecting the radio to the antenna may also initiate or trigger detection (e.g., by the radio and/or antenna) that the connection has been made, and further, provide information to the radio device about what type of antenna the radio has been connected to, as discussed above in reference to FIGS. 12A and 12B.
- the radio may then configure itself for transmission on and control of the phased array antenna.
- the phased array antenna apparatus may be mounted to a pole, wall, tree, or any other structure or surface.
- U-brackets may be attached to the back of the antenna housing and secured by mounting lugs, as shown.
- pole mounts may be attached to the brackets, as shown in FIGS. 14J.
- Pole clamps may then be attached (shown in FIG. 14K) to the U-brackets and secured.
- the mounting assembly may be attached to a pole, as illustrated in FIG. 14L.
- the pole clamps may be locked onto the mounting and tightened down by bolts.
- the mounting assembly is configured to mount to a 38-47 mm diameter pole, but the mounts may be modified to fit any appropriate pole/surface as necessary.
- the antenna may be adjusted ("aligned") to set the elevation and the azimuthal field of view. Since the device may be electrically steered, precise alignment may not be necessary, however adjustments may be made as shown in FIG. 14M.
- the mounts may be adjusted to increase or decrease the tilt (elevation adjustment), and bolts may be used to tighten/clamp the device once the desired tilt is selected.
- any of the apparatuses (systems and devices) described herein may be used as part of a wireless network.
- wireless networks and methods and systems for managing them are also described herein.
- methods and systems for managing an array of directional antennae are also described herein.
- Described herein are methods and systems that may address the problem of managing an array of antennae operating as a single AP by determining the most suitable antenna from the array of antennae for a respective end device under the coverage of the AP and designating that antenna for communication between the AP and the end device. These techniques may also be adapted to determine steering angles for steering a single (or group of) phased array antennas.
- An end device can be any device in wireless communication with the AP (e.g., a computer, cell phone, and tablet).
- the AP can periodically generate training packet for a respective antenna and transmit that packet via the corresponding antenna (or via a respective antenna in the array of antennae) to the end devices under the coverage of the antenna.
- a respective end device Upon receiving the packet, a respective end device generates a response packet comprising priority values of one or more criteria of antenna association (e.g., signal strength) for a respective antenna and transmits the packet back to the AP. Based on the priority values, the AP designates the most suitable antenna of the array for the end device, thereby becomes trained for that end device.
- the priority value can be the measured signal strength of a respective antenna at the end device if the criterion is the signal strength of the AP.
- An end device uses the response packets to notify the AP regarding the measured signal strength of a respective antenna at the end device.
- the AP then designates the antenna that has the most desirable measured signal strength value for subsequent communication with that end device.
- Other criteria include, but are not limited to, packet error rate and a modulation scheme. If packet error rate is the criterion, the number of training packets successfully received by an end device can be the corresponding antenna association information, and the priority value is the response packets can be a packet number.
- FIG. 15A illustrates an exemplary array of antennae operating as an AP, in accordance with one embodiment.
- an AP 1 10 includes an array of directional antennae, comprising antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 116. Externally, antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 appear as one single AP 1 10 (e.g., use the same AP identifier). Horizontal beamwidths of antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 are 122, 124, and 126, respectively. Beamwidths 122, 124, and 126 are overlapping with each other and together these beamwidths create beamwidth 120 for AP 1 10.
- antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 116 together facilitate the coverage provided by AP 1 10 via beamwidth 120, thereby operating as a single AP 1 10.
- Beamwidths 122, 124, and 126 can be different from each other (e.g., antennae 1 12, 114, and 1 16 can have different radiation patterns).
- antennae 112, 114, and 1 16 provide Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) support (e.g., support for IEEE 802.11 ⁇ standard) to AP 1 10.
- MIMO Multiple-Input Multiple-Output
- antennae 112, 1 14, and 1 16 operating as a single AP 1 10 is different from an AP having a plurality of sector antennae.
- a sector antenna typically creates a sector-shaped service area where the antenna provides wireless services.
- antennae 1 12, 114, and 1 16 is managed together to operate in conjunction with each other and create a single service area indicated by beamwidth 120. End devices in that service area are provided wireless service by AP 1 10 via one or more of antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16.
- antennae 1 12, 114, and 116 have individual coverage areas (represented by their respective beamwidths), for antennae 112, 114, and 1 16 to externally appear as a single AP, these antennae have to be managed together.
- a number of end devices 132, 134, 136, and 138 are under the coverage of AP
- end devices 132 and 134 consider themselves under the coverage of AP 110, end devices 132 and 134 are physically under the coverage of antennae 1 12 and 1 14, respectively.
- AP 1 10 can periodically generate training packet for a respective antenna and transmit that packet via the corresponding antenna.
- This training packet includes an antenna identifier of antenna that corresponding antenna.
- a training packet is a multi-destination packet (e.g., a broadcast packet).
- a respective antenna can simply transmit this multi-destination packet periodically and a respective end device within the coverage of the antenna can receive the packet.
- AP 1 10 can generate a training packet for antenna 112, include an identifier of antenna 112 in the training packet, and periodically transmit the packet via antenna 112.
- the training packet is received by a respective end device within the coverage of antenna 1 12 (e.g., end devices 132 and 138).
- AP 1 10 periodically generates training packets for antennae 1 14 and 1 16, includes identifiers of antennae 1 14 and 116 in the corresponding packet, and transmits the corresponding packet via antennae 1 14 and 1 16, respectively.
- a respective end device Upon receiving the packet, a respective end device generates a response packet. For example, end device 138 receives a training packet via antenna 1 12, which includes an antenna identifier of identifier 1 12. Upon receiving the training packet, end device 138 generates a response packet comprising priority values of one or more criteria which indicates end device 138's association with antenna 112. Similarly, end device 138 also receives a training packet via antenna 114, which includes an antenna identifier of identifier 1 14. Upon receiving the training packet, end device 138 generates a response packet comprising priority values of one or more criteria which indicates end device 138's association with antenna 1 14.
- the priority value can be the measured signal strength of antenna 1 12 at end device 138 if the criterion is the signal strength.
- end device 138 includes the identifier of antenna 1 12 and the signal strength of antenna 1 12 measured at end device 138, and transmits the packet to AP 110.
- end device 138 measures signal strength of antenna 114 at end device 1 12.
- end device 138 includes the identifier of antenna 1 14 and the signal strength of antenna 1 14 measured at end device 138, and transmits the packet to AP 1 10.
- AP 1 10 receives the response packets for antennae 112 and 1 14, extracts the respective measured signal strengths form the respective packets, and determines which of antennae 1 12 and 1 14 has better measured signal strength at end device 138. In some embodiments, AP 1 10 extracts the measured the signal strength (or any other priority values associated with any other criteria) from a plurality response packets over a period of time and designates an antenna for end device 138 based on current and historical values (e.g., via a running average). Suppose that antenna 1 12 has better measured signal strength at end device 138.
- AP 110 then assigns antenna 1 12 for data communication between AP 110 and end device 138, thereby training AP 1 10 for designating an antenna from the array of antennae for end device 138.
- Antenna 1 12 can then be referred to as the designated antenna for end device 138.
- AP 110 uses training packers to determine antenna 1 12, 114, and 1 16 to be the designated antennae for communicating with end devices 132, 134, and 136, respectively.
- This way of training an AP for designating an antenna for an end device based on actively receiving response packet can be referred to as active learning.
- AP 1 10 uses the designated antenna to communicate with the end device. Communication from AP 1 10 to the end device can be referred to as downstream communication, and communication from the end device to AP 1 10 can be referred to as upstream communication.
- AP 110 continues to periodically transmit training packets even when all end devices in the coverage of AP 1 10 has a designated antenna. If an end device moves into the coverage of AP 1 10, the priority values associated with the end device can change. As a result, via the continuous transmission of training packets, AP 1 10 can be retrained and select a different designated antenna for the end device. Furthermore, when a new end device moves into the coverage of AP 1 10, this new end device receives the training packets and sends corresponding respond packets back. This allows AP 1 10 to designate an antenna for the new end device. [000174] Radiation from a respective antenna in AP 1 10 can have a vertical polarity and a horizontal polarity.
- the horizontal and vertical polarities indicate the orientation of the electric field of the radio wave generated by the antenna.
- antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 can have a combination of six orientations at which AP 110 can radiate radio waves.
- AP 1 10 can use both horizontal and vertical polarizations of the antenna to communicate with the end device.
- AP 1 10 can use one or more of vertical and horizontal polarizations of any of antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 to communicate with an end device.
- AP 110 assigns an identifier to a respective polarization of a respective antenna.
- AP 110 sends training packet via a respective polarization of antennae 1 12, 114, and 1 16, AP 110 includes the identifier of that polarization in the corresponding training packet.
- AP 1 10 designates one or more of the vertical and horizontal polarizations of any of antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 to an end device.
- AP 1 10 can designate antenna 1 12's radio wave with horizontal polarization for communicating with end device 132.
- AP 1 10 can designate antenna 112's radio wave with vertical polarization and antenna 114's radio wave with horizontal polarization for communicating with end device 138.
- AP 1 10 may use two antennas simultaneously, one with horizontal polarization and the other with vertical polarization. Such configuration could be useful in indoors applications because obstacles (such as walls and ceilings) often respond differently to different polarizations, and using one antenna with horizontal polarization in one direction and another antenna with vertical polarization in another direction could be the most effective way of communicating with an end device.
- AP 1 10 uses contention-based medium sharing scheme which requires each end device to contend for bandwidth from AP 110 (e.g., to obtain permission for transmission to/from AP 1 10) and send acknowledgement for each received packet.
- a contention-based medium sharing scheme can be based on Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.1 1 family of standards.
- IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
- AP 110 sends individual training packet to end devices 132, 134, 136, and 138.
- a respective end device Upon receiving the packet, a respective end device sends an acknowledgement back to AP 1 10.
- AP 110 measures the priority values associated with the one or more criteria based on the acknowledgement.
- AP 110 measures the signal strength of a respective received acknowledgement packet and determines the designated antenna based on the measured signal strength values for a respective end device. For example, AP 1 10 measures the signal strength of the acknowledgement packets from end device 138. AP 1 10 can measure the signal strength (or any other priority values associated with any other criteria) for a plurality of acknowledgement packets over a period of time. Suppose that AP 1 10 determines that the signal strength of the received acknowledgement packets from end device 138 via antenna 1 14 is the strongest. In response, AP 1 10 designates antenna 1 14 for communicating with end device 138. This way of training an AP for designating an antenna for an end device based on receiving wireless acknowledgement can be referred to as passive learning.
- AP 1 10 can be managed by a remote system.
- FIG. 15B illustrates an exemplary system managing an array of antennae operating as an AP.
- system 150 e.g., a computing system
- System 150 can locally generate training packets, and send the training packets to AP 110, or can instruct AP 1 10 to generate the training packets.
- AP 1 10 can send the response packets to system 150, which in turn extracts the priority values from the response packets, and designates an antenna for a respective end device.
- AP 110 also can extract the priority values from the received response packets and send the extracted priority values to system 150, which in turn designates an antenna for a respective end device.
- FIG. 15A to send a multi-destination packet across beamwidth of 120, AP 1 10 sends the packet via antennae 112, 1 14, and 1 16.
- the array of antennae in AP 110 can include a broadcast antenna.
- FIG. 15C illustrates an exemplary an array of antennae, which includes a broadcast antenna, operating as an AP.
- AP 110 includes a broadcast antenna 1 18 with a beamwidth 128, which fully overlaps with beamwidth 120.
- AP 110 needs to send a multi-destination packet (e.g., a broadcast, a multicast, or an unknown unicast packet), instead of sending the packet individually via antennae 1 12, 114, and 1 16, AP 1 10 transmits the packet via antenna 118 to end devices 132, 134, 136, and 138. Furthermore, when AP 1 10 has not been trained for an end device (e.g., a new end device has moved into the coverage of AP 110), AP 110 can use antenna 118 to communicate with that end device.
- a multi-destination packet e.g., a broadcast, a multicast, or an unknown unicast packet
- FIG. 15D illustrates an exemplary an array of antennae, which includes a virtual broadcast antenna, operating as an AP.
- AP 1 10 includes a virtual broadcast antenna 160, which is logically coupled to antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16. If AP 1 10 needs to send a multi-destination packet, AP 110 sends the packet to virtual broadcast antenna 160. As a result, the corresponding radio frequency (RF) signal is sent to antennae 112, 1 14, and 1 16. In turn, each of antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 transmits the packet in its corresponding coverage area. In this way, the packet is transmitted across beamwidth 120 toward end devices 132, 134, 136, and 138.
- RF radio frequency
- FIG. 16A presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of an AP actively learning antenna association of end devices.
- the AP constructs training packets comprising the corresponding antenna identifier for respective antenna (operation 202) and transmits the training packets via corresponding antenna of the AP (operation 204).
- the training packets are multi-destination packets.
- the AP receives response packets corresponding to the training packets from respective end device (operation 206).
- the AP extracts the corresponding antenna identifier and priority values of one or more criteria from received response packets (operation 208).
- the AP For a respective received response packet, the AP identifies the antenna associated with the extracted priority values from the response packet based on the extracted antenna identifier (operation 210). This operation allows the AP to associate the priority values with the antenna for which an end device has determined the priority values. For a respective end device, the AP then determines the designated antenna based on the extracted the priority values (operation 212). In some embodiments, the AP extracts the priority values from a plurality response packets over a period of time and designates an antenna for an end device based on current and historical values (e.g., via a running average).
- FIG. 16B presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of an end device facilitating active learning of antenna association.
- the end device receives a training packet comprising antenna identifier from an AP (operation 254) and determines the priority values of one or more criteria (operation 254).
- the end device then constructs a response packet for corresponding antenna comprising the antenna identifier and the determined priority values (operation 256) and transmits the response packet to the AP (operation 258).
- the end device transmits the response packet to the antenna associated with the antenna identifier.
- Examples of a criterion include, but are not limited to, signal strength, packer error rate, and a modulation scheme.
- Examples of a priority value include, but are not limited to, measured signal strength at an end device, a packet identifier, and the bit error rate associated with a modulation scheme.
- an AP uses contention-based medium sharing scheme which requires each end device to contend for bandwidth from the AP (e.g., to obtain permission for transmission to/from the AP) and send acknowledgement for each received packet.
- an FIG. 17 presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of an AP passively learning antenna association of end devices. During operation, the AP constructs a training packet for a respective antenna comprising the corresponding antenna identifier for a respective end device (operation 302).
- the AP transmits the training packet via the corresponding antenna (i.e., the antenna associated with the antenna identifier) of the AP to the corresponding end device (i.e., the end device for which the training packet is intended for) (operation 304).
- the AP receives a wireless acknowledgement from the corresponding end device for the corresponding training packet (operation 306).
- the wireless acknowledgement is based on the IEEE 802.1 1 family of standards.
- the AP determines the priority values of one or more criteria for the corresponding antenna based on the received acknowledgement (operation 308) and determines the designated antenna based on determined priority values (operation 310).
- the AP determines the priority values from a plurality acknowledgement packets over a period of time and designates an antenna for an end device based on current and historical values (e.g., via a running average).
- FIG. 18 presents an exemplary TDMA channel access method of an AP.
- the AP divides its communication time into a plurality of timeframes 402 and 404.
- a respective timeframe includes an upstream part and a downstream part.
- timeframe 402 includes an upstream part 412 and a downstream part 414
- timeframe 404 includes an upstream part 416 and a downstream part 418.
- the AP divides the downstream part of a timeframe into timeslots among the end devices under its coverage.
- the timeslots of downstream part 412 are not equal and can be based on the bandwidth requirement and/or provisioning of an end device. If the AP has four end devices under its coverage, as described in conjunction with FIG. 15 A, the AP divides upstream part 412 into four timeslots 422, 424, 426, and
- the AP transmits downstream packets to an end device during its allocated timeslot.
- the AP divides the upstream part of a timeframe into a dedicated part 452 and a common part 454.
- the AP further divides dedicated part 452 into timeslots among the end devices under its coverage.
- timeslots of dedicated part 452 are not equal and can be based on the bandwidth requirement and/or provisioning of an end device. If the AP has four end devices under its coverage, as described in conjunction with FIG. 15A, the AP divides dedicated part 452 into four timeslots 432, 434, 436, and 438, and allocate a timeslot for a respective end device with more packets than a threshold. The end device transmits upstream packets to the AP during its allocated timeslot.
- the end device contend with other end devices under the coverage of the AP during common part 454 and transmits the packet to the AP if the end device is allowed to transmit based on the contention.
- the contention is based on IEEE 802.1 1 family of standards. Note that the end devices with downstream timeslots can also contend during common part 454.
- FIG. 19A presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary downstream transmission process of an AP.
- the AP receives a data packet for an end device (operation 502) and determines for the packet the next available downstream timeslot associated with the end device (operation 504).
- the AP checks whether the AP has been trained for the end device (operation 506). If the AP has been trained for the end device, the AP selects the designated antenna associated with the end device (operation 512) and transmits the packet via the designated antenna during the determined timeslot (operation 514). Otherwise, the AP transmits the packet via a physical/virtual broadcast antenna during the determined timeslot (operation 516), as described in conjunction with FIGS. 15C and 15D.
- FIG. 19B presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary upstream reception process of an AP based on dedicated timeslots.
- the AP initiates dedicated upstream part of current timeframe (operation 532) and determines a timeslot for a respective end device with more packets than a threshold (operation 534).
- An end device can notify the AP regarding the number of packets (or the amount of data) to be transmitted to the AP (e.g., via piggybacking or messaging).
- the AP then checks whether the AP has been trained for the corresponding end device (operation 536). If the AP has been trained for the corresponding end device, the AP selects the designated antenna associated with the end device (operation 542) and listens for a packet via the designated antenna during the determined timeslot (operation 544). Otherwise, the AP listens for a packet via a physical/virtual broadcast antenna during the determined timeslot (operation 546). In this way, the AP can receive a packet from an end device for which the AP has not been trained for an antenna association (e.g., when a new end device comes under the coverage of the AP).
- FIG. 19C presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary upstream transmission process of an end device.
- the end device generates an upstream data packet (operation 552) and checks whether the end device has more data packets than a threshold (operation 554). If so, the end device determines the next available upstream timeslot associated with end device for the packet (operation 556) and transmits the packet during determined timeslot (operation 558). Otherwise, the end device contends for upstream transmission time during the common upstream time (operation 560) and checks for obtained transmission time via contention (operation 562). If the end device has obtained transmission time via contention, the end device transmits the packet during obtained time via contention (operation 564). Otherwise, the end device waits for the upstream part of the next timeframe (operation 566).
- FIG. 20 illustrates an exemplary AP system that comprises an array of antennae operating as the AP system.
- an AP system 600 includes a processor 602, a memory 604, and a communication module 606, which can include a radio transceiver and an array of antennae (not shown).
- Communication module 606 communicates with a respective end device, as described in conjunction with FIGS. 19A and 19B.
- training module 608 trains a respective end device for designating an antenna from the array of antennae for the end device, as described in conjunction with FIGS. 16A and 3.
- Channel access module 610 facilitates channel access to end devices, as described in conjunction with FIG. 18.
- Contention module 612 facilitates contention-based channel access, as described in conjunction with FIGS. 17 and 18.
- FIG. 8A illustrates an exemplary antenna array
- FIG. 8B presents a perspective view of this antenna array
- an antenna system 800 includes an array of antenna elements 804 which are placed on a housing 801.
- housing 801 may also include a cover which protects antenna elements 804 from the elements of weather.
- Housing 801 also includes a pair of flares 802, which are made from metal and extend at an angle. Flares 802 improve rejection of noise from directions that are not useful for antenna system 800, such as from behind or on the sides of antenna system 800.
- antenna element array 804 may include a number of columns of antenna elements.
- One column (for example, the right-most column) can be used to transmit omni-directional signals (i.e., the signals are transmitted through these elements in a pass-through mode).
- the rest of the columns of antenna elements are used to generate directional beam transmission based on phase change introduced to the signal path to each antenna elements.
- a subset of the antenna elements are used for transmission of horizontally polarized signals and phase manipulation is used to achieve different beam directions for such horizontally polarized signals, as a result of interference of signals transmitted by these antenna elements.
- another subset of the antenna elements is used for transmission of vertically polarized signals in various directions.
- antenna system 800 can also include a signal processing module which is responsible for distributing the signals to antenna elements 804 and facilitating appropriate phase changes to the signals to achieve the desired beam directions.
- a phased array antenna (as illustrated in FIGS. 1 A-3E above) is another example of an AP system that comprises an array of antennae elements that can be operated as the AP system described above.
- the AP system includes a processor, a memory, and a communication module, which can include a radio transceiver and an array of antennae (the phased array antenna).
- a communication module communicates with the various devices to which the phased array antenna is aimed.
- FIG. 22 is another example of a system 2201 of a phase-shifted set of antennas that may be operated as described herein; in this example, a plurality of antennas 2203 each receive phase-shifted input 2207 that is delayed 2205 in a predetermined manner.
- the inputs 2209, 221 1 may be from a single radio device (e.g., having a vertical and horizontal polarization.
- the array of antennas may be an array of sector antennas, as illustrated in FIG. 21.
- three sector antennas 2105, 2105', 2105" are connected to a single radio device 2101 through a switch 2103.
- the system may be controlled as described above to operate as an AP system.
- the methods and processes described in the detailed description section can be embodied as code and/or data, which can be stored in a computer-readable storage device as described above.
- a computer system reads and executes the code and/or data stored on the computer-readable storage device, the computer system performs the methods and processes embodied as data structures and code and stored within the computer- readable storage medium.
- modules or apparatus may include, but are not limited to, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) chip, a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a dedicated or shared processor that executes a particular software module or a piece of code at a particular time, and/or other programmable-logic devices now known or later developed.
- ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
- FPGA field-programmable gate array
- the hardware modules or apparatus When activated, they perform the methods and processes included within them.
- the apparatus may include a plurality of antenna emitting elements such as those shown in FIG. 6B, but RF beam forming may be performed using a plurality of phase shifting elements, as shown in FIG. 22.
- a controller may select the phase angles to set the phase shifting elements to steer the beam (e.g., select a directional beam) from the device.
- Such a configuration may be particularly helpful when TDMA is used in which the apparatus can assign each of a plurality of station devices that communicate with the access point (and particularly stationary access points) a directional beam (as described above, e.g., by transmitting training packets and receiving response packets).
- any of these methods permit training with relatively low overhead demands, as training packets don't have to be transmitted very often. Any of these methods may also allow the access point apparatus to associate multiple directional beams to the same antenna, including one for receiving data from the station at the AP (uplink directional beam) and transmitting data to the station from the AP (downlink directional beam).
- any of the systems described herein may also be configured for operation as MI O (multiuser MIMO) systems; for example, both horizontal and vertical polarizations may be used for
- assigning a directional beam to a station may be done iteratively, particularly in variations in which a phase shifting array is used to form the directional beam(s). Any of these systems may have a large number of possible directions (e.g., phase angles) for the beamforming, based on the signals sent to each of the phase shift elements in the array of phase shifters. Thus, in some variations, an iterative process of selecting an initial range of directional beams that are broadly separated (e.g., five directional beams, extending between -45 and +45) may be initially used.
- a second (or more) round of training packets may be sent out over a narrower range of directional beams, e.g., if the best response packet corresponded to the -22.5 directional beam, then the next five training packets may be between -32.5 and -12.5. This process may be repeated again for each station, either separately for each station or as a group for some of the stations. Thus, the assignment of directional beams to specific target devices may be fine-tuned.
- a criteria for selecting the directional beam may include information such as the CINR, or carrier to interference noise ratio. This information may indicate an interferer that is relevant only in one direction (e.g., upstream transmission) and may therefore allow the selection of different upstream and downstream directional beams, as described above.
- an AP apparatus may send out a common training packet (e.g., from each directional beam or from a broadband beam spanning all or most beam angles) during beam training.
- CINR may be included as part of the information transmitted.
- an AP may be using a specific beam combination (e.g., the AP could get a reading for Tx and Rx for each station device, including the CINR).
- An interfere may be present in a given direction, e.g., from nearby beams that are close (but not too far away) that the system may want to avoid.
- a beam training packet (e.g., broadcast packet) may be used to minimize the link capacity for learning packets.
- the AP may assign a special slot to send back beam training packets during operation.
- the AP may assign slots (e.g., uplink/downlink time slots) dynamically and based on requirement, rather than dedicating a slot to each station, in order to enhance efficiency, so that only those stations that have a need to transmit to the AP above a threshold value (or other otherwise prioritized) may be assigned a predetermined slot.
- the AP may receive signal from any of the stations, those that did not require a dedicated slot of time or needed slightly more time than permitted by the assigned slot.
- the AP may therefor dedicate a training slot to send CINR training packet, so as to avoid collision.
- the CINR may be transmitted and used to determine assignment of directional beams and/or rate of transfer information.
- CINR may be encoded in one bit, so that each station has a time-series value for CINR; once the AP puts a beam dimension to the CINR training value, it may bin this according to the directional beam, and it can be sorted based on CINR (e.g., beam and time). Adding another dimension (beam) and each beam will have a time series of CINR values).
- CINR values either as part of the training packet or as part of a separate packet may enhance the determination of the directional beam for each station.
- the device may be otherwise oriented (rotated 90 degrees or at other orientations) and the spatially relative descriptors used herein interpreted accordingly.
- the terms “upwardly”, “downwardly”, “vertical”, “horizontal” and the like are used herein for the purpose of explanation only unless specifically indicated otherwise.
- first and second may be used herein to describe various features/elements, these features/elements should not be limited by these terms, unless the context indicates otherwise. These terms may be used to distinguish one feature/element from another feature/element. Thus, a first feature/element discussed below could be termed a second feature/element, and similarly, a second feature/element discussed below could be termed a first feature/element without departing from the teachings of the present invention.
- a numeric value may have a value that is +/- 0.1% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 1% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 2% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 5% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 10% of the stated value (or range of values), etc. Any numerical range recited herein is intended to include all sub-ranges subsumed therein.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Variable-Direction Aerials And Aerial Arrays (AREA)
- Aerials With Secondary Devices (AREA)
Abstract
Multi-directional antenna apparatuses, including phased array antennas and/or arrays of multiple antennas, and methods for operating them. In particular, described herein are access point (AP) antenna apparatuses for communicating with one or more station devices by assigning a particular directional beam to each access point, and communicating with each station device using the assigned directional beam. Methods and apparatuses configured to optimize the assignment of one or more directional beam and for communicating between different station devices using assigned directional beams are described. Also described are compact lacunated RF lenses that may be used with the multi-directional antenna apparatuses described herein, having a plurality of holes/openings through the lens body so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any of the input ports into the lens will exit from each of the output ports at a time delay corresponding to a predetermined steering angle.
Description
ARRAY ANTENNAS HAVING A PLURALITY OF DIRECTIONAL BEAMS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This patent application claims priority to U.S. provisional patent application 62/019,321, filed 6/30/2014 (titled "PHASED ARRAY ANTENNAS"); and U.S. provisional patent application 61/954,244, filed 3/17/2014 (titled "MANAGING AN ARRAY OF ANTENNAE OF AN ACCESS POINT"). Each of these patent applications is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
[0002] All publications and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
FIELD
[0003] In general, described herein are directional antennas including phased array antennas and arrays of multiple antennas, and methods for operating the directional antennas. Also described herein are compact lacunated lenses that may be used for beamforming a phased array antenna and/or for filtering.
BACKGROUND
[0004] The phenomenal growth of mobile devices, including smart phones and tablet computers, has resulted in a huge demand in wireless networks. Particularly, Wi-Fi networks, which are based on the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.1 1 family of standards, are becoming increasingly ubiquitous. In a typical Wi-Fi network, an end-user device (end device) can move freely within the range of an access point's (AP's) radio transceiver while maintaining high-speed data connectivity.
[0005] In a large-scale network, such as an enterprise or campus network, provisioning such a Wi-Fi network is non-trivial. One challenge is how to increase the coverage of an AP to cover a large area with a few APs, while providing a user with the desired performance from the Wi-Fi network. An end device can wirelessly communicate with an AP within the coverage are of the AP. An AP's coverage depends on its antenna(e). An AP can have one or more omni-directional and/or directional antennae that provide coverage to the surrounding area of the AP. An omni-directiona! antenna radiates radio waves (i.e., electromagnetic wave) in all directions, and a directional antenna radiates radio waves to a specific direction.
[0006] Typically, a directional antenna radiates with higher power than an omni-directional antenna in the direction associated with the antenna. This allows the antenna to increase its performance on transmission and reception. Because the antenna operates in a specific direction, communication by the directional antenna faces interference only from devices operating in its directional radiation. This facilitates reduced interference than an omni-directional antenna.
[0007] Currently, to facilitate a large-scale Wi-Fi coverage and increased performance, an AP can be equipped with a plurality of directional antenna. This approach to construct an AP requires a respective directional antenna to be individually configured and managed. Furthermore, end device in the coverage of a respective antenna usually
contend among each other for airtime with the AP (i.e., transmission time between the AP and an end device), leading to a low-utilization of the wireless bandwidth provided by the antenna.
[0008] Phased array antennas are one type of directional antenna that may help address these problems. A phased array is an array of antennas in which the relative phases of the respective signals feeding the antennas are varied in such a way that the effective radiation pattern of the array is reinforced in a desired direction and suppressed in undesired directions. Thus, the antenna may be considered "directional" as the beam from the antenna may be directed (formed) in a desired direction. Beamforming may be particularly useful when preserving power, signal strength and operating time in communicating between devices, both from an AP to one or more client devices as well as to/from an AP and another AP, base station, etc.
[0009] Existing beamforming lenses for phased array antennas, such as the well-known Rotman lenses, are well described for use in microwave systems, and may be used for RF systems. Unfortunately, such lenses must be relatively large and expensive, particularly in the RF frequency range (e.g., between 2 GHz and 50 GHz). Although various improvements in Rotman lenses have been proposed, such improvements typically reduce the efficacy of the lens, and require somewhat expensive and complicated arrangements of features, including multiple dielectric materials. See, for example, U.S. 8736503 to Zaghloul et al., which requires a strip of negative refractive index medium bisecting a positive refractive index medium. Thus, a compact and efficient electronic lens that is inexpensive to operate and manufacture would be very useful.
[00010] An antenna array may be a group of multiple active antennas coupled to a common source or load to produce a directive radiation pattern. The spatial relationship of the individual antennas may also contribute to the directivity of the antenna array. Use of the term "active antennas" may be used to describe elements whose energy output is modified due to the presence of a source of energy in the element (other than the mere signal energy which passes through the circuit) or an element in which the energy output from a source of energy is controlled by the signal input. One common application of this is with a standard multiband television antenna, which has multiple elements coupled together.
[00011] Described herein are phased array antennas that enhance base station gain by focusing the signal transmission and reception in a narrower beam that, in turn, reduces transmission interference and increases range. For example, the array antennas described herein may be used in base station applications to solve key limitations of traditional wide and narrow beam technologies. In wide beam communication, a signal is transmitted and received over a wide angle to overcome physical obstructions and uneven terrain. Unfortunately, this form of transmission can be inefficient and noisy. Narrow beam communication requires many antennas and frequency channels to provide the broad coverage associated with wide beam communication. The phased array antennas described herein may combine narrow beam technology and time based multiplexing of transmissions and receptions to overcome both challenges.
[00012] The phased array devices described herein may provide base station design that delivers high antenna gain and broad coverage by using a combination of narrow beams in various directions. This design may allow frequencies to be re-used by having beam transmissions and receptions in different directions take place at different times. This increases the efficiency of spectrum usage by allowing re-use of frequency bands, which enables the use of more radios on the same tower and the deployment of our products in environments where limited frequency bands are available in the unlicensed spectrum.
SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE
[00013] Described herein are multi-directional antenna apparatuses, which may include phased array antennas and/or arrays of multiple antennas, and methods for operating these directional antennas. As used herein, a directional antenna apparatus may refer to a device of system of antennas that can direct multiple beams forming multiple antenna beam patterns (antenna patterns) for use in transmitting and/or receiving data. In particular, described herein are apparatuses configured to operate as an access point (AP) for communicating with one or more station devices by assigning a particular directional beam to each access point, and communicating with each station device using the assigned directional beam at least part of the time. The apparatus may be assign directional beams to station devices a predetermined infrequent times (e.g., less than once per minute, once per five minutes, once per 10 minutes, once per 20 minutes, once per 30 minutes, etc.) using an efficient assignment protocol in which directional training packets are transmitted from each of a plurality of directional beams at the predetermined times, and one or more response packets (returned from station devices in response to the training packets) are received. The apparatus may be configured to interpret either or both the contents of the response packets (which can reference a particular directional beam and may include a priority value indicating the goodness of that directional beam) and/or the strength of the received response packet to designate a particular directional beam to the station device.
[00014] These apparatuses and methods may be used with any apparatus capable of selectively operating a plurality of directional beams, including apparatuses having a plurality of directional antennas and/or phased array antennas. In addition to apparatuses and methods for controlling the operation of an access point having a plurality of directional beams, also described herein are phased array antennas that may be operated in this manner, as well as systems, devices and methods (including components) that may be use used as part of a phased array antenna particularly well suited for operating as an access point. For example, described herein are compact radio frequency ("RF") lenses that may be used for beamforming phased array antennas or for operating as a compact RF filter, as well as systems and methods for adapting a USB connection to identify the device being connected via the USB connection.
[00015] For example, described herein are antennas, antenna systems, and method of making and using them. Any of the antennas described herein may be phased array antennas. The phased array antennas may include a compact beamforming lens having a plurality of openings through the body of the lens. These lenses may be referred to as a lacunated lens. In general, a lacunated lens may have a body having at least two parallel plates separated by a dielectric material, and may have multiple openings, gaps, holes, etc. (lacuna) at least partially through the body of the lens. The lens may be a microstrip. The lens typically includes multiple beam ports for steering the beam and multiple antenna ports. Signals (e.g., RF electromagnetic signals) applied to a beam port will be emitted from each of the antenna ports at a predetermined time delay for each antenna port that depends on the identity of the beam port, steering the beam of the antenna. Thus, each beam port has an associated (e.g.
predetermined) beam steering angle (e.g., any angle between -90° and 90°, including but not limited to: -50°, -45°, - 40°, -35°, -30°, -25°, -20°, -15°, -10°, -5°, 0°, 5°, 10°, 15°, 20°, 25°, 30°, 35°, 40°, 45°, 50°) The antenna ports are typically on a side of the lens opposite from the beam ports.
[00016] A lacunated lens may be a compact electrical lens device for beamforming an array of antenna elements. For example, a lens device may include: a lens body comprising parallel plates separated by a dielectric, the lens body having an outer perimeter and an inner region within the outer perimeter; a plurality of beam ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each beam port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle; a plurality of antenna ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and a plurality of openings in the inner region of
the lens body within at least one plate of the parallel plates of the lens body, wherein the openings are arranged through the lens body so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the beam ports will exit from each of the antenna ports at a time delay corresponding to the predetermined steering angle of the beam port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
[00017] A lacunated lens may also be a compact electronic lens that may be used for beamforming an array of antenna elements, or it may also be configured as an amplifier (similar to a butler matrix amplifier) that includes: a lens body comprising parallel plates separated by a dielectric, the lens body having an outer perimeter and an inner region within the outer perimeter; a plurality of input ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle; a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and a plurality of openings in the inner region of the lens body within at least one plate of the parallel plates of the lens body, wherein the openings are arranged through the lens body so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports will exit from each of the output ports at a time delay corresponding to the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body. The input ports and output ports may also be referred to (particularly when configured for beamforming) as beam ports and antenna ports, respectively.
[00018] For example, a compact RF electronic lens device may include: a lens body, the lens body comprising a ground plate, a dielectric substrate on top of the ground plate, and a conductor plate on top of the dielectric substrate; a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle; a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and a plurality of openings within the lens body through the conductor plate, wherein the openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports will exit from each of the output ports at a time delay corresponding to the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
[00019] A compact electronic RF lens device may include: a lens body having an upper surface, a thickness, and a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, the lens body having an outer perimeter and an inner region within the outer perimeter; a plurality of input ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle; a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and a plurality of openings into the lens body within the inner region through the upper surface, wherein the openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the output ports at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
[00020] The compact RF lens device may be configured as a lacunated lens for beamforming an array of antenna elements, and may include: a lens body having an upper surface, a thickness, and a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, the lens body having an outer perimeter and an inner region within the outer perimeter; a plurality of beam ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each beam port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle; a plurality of antenna ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and a plurality of openings into the lens body within the inner region through the upper surface, wherein the openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the beam ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the antenna ports at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the beam port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
[00021] In general, an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports (e.g., beam ports) passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the output ports (e.g., antenna ports) at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the beam port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
[00022] As mentioned, the lens may include a microstrip (e.g., the lens body may be a microstrip). In general, the lens body may have a square shape. The lens body may be generally square (e.g., it may have projections or "bump out" regions), so that the overall shape is square. In general, the lens body may be small, particularly for the frequency of radio waves processed by the lens. For example, the lens may beamform RF signals between 2 GHz and 50 GHz (e.g., between 2 GHz and 30 GHz, between 2 GHz and 20 GHz, between 3 GHz and 6 GHz, betwenlO GHz and 21 GHz, etc.), and the lens body may have a maximum diameter of less than about 10 cm, less than about 9 cm, less than about 8 cm, less than about 7 cm, etc. (e.g., the dimensions of the lens body are less than about 8cm x 8cm, 7cm x 7cm, 9cm x 9cm, etc.). For example, the lens body may be less than about 8cm x 8cm and the plurality of openings may be configured so that an electromagnetic signal between about 2 GHz and about 30 GHz entering the lens body from any one of the input ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the output ports at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
[00023] The input ports may generally be arranged on the outer perimeter of the lens body opposite from-the output ports. The plurality of input ports may comprise 3 input ports or more. For example, the lens may have five input ports and each input port in the set of input ports may have a dedicated steering angle (e.g., -40°, -20°, 0, 20, 40; -35, -17, 0, 17, 35; etc.). The input ports may each have a predetermined steering angle that is at or between about -90° and 90°, e.g., at or between -45° and about 45°, e.g., at or between -35° and 35°, etc.).
[00024] The plurality of output ports may generally comprise 3 or more individual output ports (e.g., 4 output ports, 5 output ports, 6 output ports, 7 output ports, 8 output ports, 9 output ports, 10 output ports, 1 1 output ports, 12 output ports, etc.).
[00025] In general, the lens body includes parallel surfaces (planes) or plates. In the lacunated lens at least one of the surfaces/planes forming the body of the lens has multiple holes, opening, gaps, etc. (lacuna) therethrough. These opening may pass completely through the lens, or may extend through just one of the planes and the dielectric. The openings within the lens body may be of any appropriate size (e.g., between about 2% and 30% of the surface area of the plane of the lens body. In total, the openings through the lens body may take up more than 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80% (or more) of the surface area (e.g., of an upper surface) of the lens body. As mentioned, the openings in the lens body may extend through the dielectric between the plates, for example, the openings in the lens body may extend from the conductor plate and through the dielectric. The openings in the lens body may extend through the upper surface and through the dielectric between the upper and lower surfaces.
[00026] In general, described herein are methods of operating a compact electronic lens having a lens body, wherein the lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, and a plurality of openings through the upper surface, the method comprising: applying a first electromagnetic signal to a first input port of the lens body, wherein the first input port is associated with a first predetermined steering angle; passing the first electromagnetic signal from the first input port through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings so that the first electromagnetic signal exits each of a plurality of output ports at a time delay for each output port that is characteristic of the first predetermined steering angle; applying a second electromagnetic signal to a second input port of the lens body, wherein the second input
port is associated with a second predetermined steering angle; and passing the second electromagnetic signal from the second input port through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings so that the second electromagnetic signal exits each of a plurality of output ports at a time delay for each output port that is characteristic of the second predetermined steering angle.
[00027] Also described herein are methods of beamforming an array of antenna elements using a compact electronic lens (e.g., a lacunated lens). The compact electronic lens may have a lens body, wherein the lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, and a plurality of openings through the upper surface. For example, a method of beamforming with a lacunated lens may include: applying a first electromagnetic signal between about 2GHz and about 30 GHz to a first input port of the lens body, wherein the first input port has a first predetermined steering angle; passing the first electromagnetic signal from the first input port through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings so that the first electromagnetic signal exits each of a plurality of output ports at a time delay for each output port that is characteristic of the first predetermined steering angle; applying a second electromagnetic signal to a second input port of the lens body, wherein the second input port has a second predetermined steering angle; and passing the second electromagnetic signal from the second input port through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings so that the second electromagnetic signal exits each of a plurality of output ports at a time delay for each output port that is characteristic of the second predetermined steering angle.
[00028] The first predetermined steering angle and the second predetermined steering angle are typically different and may be between any of the ranges described herein (e.g., -90 to 90°, -60° to 60°, -45° to 45°, -35 to 35°, -30 to 30°, etc.).
[00029] The method of beamforming may also include electrically switching from the first input port to the second input port. In general, any appropriate electrical switching technique may be used.
[00030] The method may also include emitting the signal from each of a plurality of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to one of the output ports.
[00031] Also described herein are phase antenna devices that include any of the lenses (e.g., the lacunated lenses) described herein. For example, a phased array antenna device having a compact electronic lens for beamforming may include: a radio frequency (RF) input; an electronic lens having a lens body, wherein the lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, a plurality of openings through the upper surface of the lens body, a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, and a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; a switch configured switch the RF input between the input ports; and a plurality of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to one of the output ports.
[00032] Also described herein are phased array antenna devices having a compact electronic lens (e.g., a lacunated lens) for beamforming. A phased array antenna may include: a radio frequency (RF) input configured to connect to an RF transceiver; an electronic lens having a lens body, wherein the lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, a plurality of openings through the upper surface of the lens body, wherein the openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the output ports at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body, a
plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, and a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; a steering control configured to control a switch to switch the RF input between the input ports to steer the device; and a plurality of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to an output port from the plurality of output ports.
[00033] In general, a phased array antenna device having a compact electronic lens for beamforming may include: a radio frequency (RF) input having a vertical RF line and a horizontal RF line; a vertical electronic lens having a vertical lens body, wherein the vertical lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, a plurality of openings through the upper surface of the vertical lens body, a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the vertical lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, and a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the vertical lens body. The device may also include a horizontal electronic lens having a horizontal lens body, wherein the horizontal lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, a plurality of openings through the upper surface of the horizontal lens body, a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the horizontal lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the horizontal lens body; a switch configured switch the vertical RF line between the input ports of the vertical lens body and to switch the horizontal RF line between the input ports of the horizontal lens body; and a plurality of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to an output port from the plurality of output ports on the horizontal lens body and an output port from the plurality of output ports on the vertical lens body.
[00034] In general, any of the compact lenses described herein may be relatively small, particularly compared to prior art lenses operating on similar radio frequencies. For example, an RF input may be configured to transmit an RF signal between about 2 GHz and about 50 GHz (e.g., between 2 GHz and 30 GHz), and the upper surface may have a surface area less than about 8 cm x 8cm (or a maximum dimension of less than about 12 cm, e.g., less than 1 1 cm, less than 10 cm, less than 9 cm, less than 8 cm, etc.).
[00035] Any of the phased array antennas described herein may include an integrated transceiver, or may be configured to mate with a transceiver (e.g., a more general-purpose transceiver) using the RF input device. The transceiver may be an RF radio.
[00036] As described above, any of the phased array antennas described herein may include multiple (e.g., lacunated) lenses. For example, any of these devices may include a second electronic lens having a second lens body, wherein the second lens body has a second upper surface forming a plane, a second lower surface parallel to the second upper surface, a second dielectric between the second upper and second lower surface, a second plurality of openings through the second upper surface of the second lens body, a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the second lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, and a second plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the second lens body. Thus, a phased array antenna may have a horizontal and a vertical polarization path for emitting/receiving RF signals on the antenna, and each path may have a dedicated lens.
[00037] The antenna radiating elements (antenna elements) may be of any desirable dimension and shape, as appropriate for the frequencies to be transmitted and/or received. For example, the antenna elements may be radiating disks. In some variations the antenna elements including multiple (discrete) radiating elements that are electrically connected. For example, each of the antenna elements may comprise a line of electrically connected radiating disks.
[00038] The one or more lenses included as part of the phased array antennas described herein may include any of the features described for the lenses, such a lens body comprising a microstrip, a lens body having a square (or roughly square) shape, input ports arranged on the outer perimeter of the lens body opposite from the output ports, etc.
[00039] In addition, any of the phased array antennas described herein may include one or more
omnidirectional antenna elements. For example, a phased array antenna may also include one or more omnidirectional antenna elements connected to the RF input that bypass the vertical lens and the horizontal lens. An omnidirectional may broadcast/receive in an un-steered manner (e.g., over a broad directional range) and/or may broadcast/receive a fixed directional range. For example, an antenna may include an omnidirectional antenna element that is connected to the vertical RF line and the horizontal RF line and bypasses the vertical lens and the horizontal lens.
[00040] Also described herein are techniques, including methods and apparatuses, for connecting a radio device (e.g., transceiver) to an antenna, and particularly to a phased array antenna, using a pair of USB connectors, where the ground portion of the connectors is used to identify to the radio device the type of antenna to which the radio device is connected. In some variations this connection may also be used to help control (e.g., steer) the antenna. Identifying and/or controlling the type of antenna connected to an RF radio may be particularly relevant in variations in which the radio (transceiver) is configured/adapted to be connected to a variety of different antenna. For example, a radio may have a self-contained body with one or more (e.g., a horizontal RF connector
(input/output) and a vertical RF connector (input/output) as well as a USB connector. The radio and/or antenna may also transmit power via the USB connector(s), including Power over Ethernet (POE).
[00041] For example, a method of connecting a radio device to an antenna may include: connecting a (e.g., a self-contained) radio device having a first USB connector to an antenna having a second USB connector; and identifying the antenna based on a voltage of the ground pin on the second USB connector.
[00042] A method of connecting and configuring a radio device to work with an antenna may include:
connecting the radio device having a first USB connector to an antenna having a second USB connector; identifying the antenna based on a voltage of the ground pin on the second USB connector; and configuring the radio device based on the identity of the antenna to transmit and receive data using the antenna.
[00043] In any of these variations, the method may also include transmitting steering information from the radio to a beamforming lens of the antenna when the antenna is identified as a phased array antenna. The method may also include configuring the radio device based on the identity of the antenna to transmit and receive data using the antenna. Configuring the radio device may include sending control information to the antenna for steering, timing or otherwise processing signals to/from the antenna. Configuring may also include configuring the output/input of the radio device when communicating with the antenna. For example, configuring may comprises transmitting control information from the radio device to the antenna. Configuring may include transmitting steering information from the radio device to a beamforming lens of the antenna. Thus, identifying the type of antenna my include identifying (from a predetermined set of information, e.g., look-up table, based on as sensed parameter) characteristics of the antenna such as the number of input ports and output ports, etc.
[00044] The step of connecting may include connecting one or more radio frequency (RF) connectors between the radio device and the antenna. For example, as mentioned, the radio may include a horizontal and vertical RF connector, each of which may be connected to the antenna.
[00045] In general, connecting may include connecting the USB port of the radio device to the USB port of the antenna. Further, identifying may include using a detection circuit to compare the voltage of the ground pin on the second USB connector to a predetermined voltage. The detection circuit may be part of the radio device or may be connectable to the radio device. The detection circuit may also be referred to as an identification circuit, which identifies the type of antenna to which a radio is connected.
[00046] In general, identifying the antenna may include determining a digital identifier of the antenna based on the voltage of the ground pin on the second USB connector. Identifying may include comparing the voltage of a ground pin on the second USB connector to a predetermined voltage.
[00047] The method of connecting and/or identifying an antenna to a radio device may also include biasing the ground pin on the second USB connector to a predetermine voltage (e.g., the ground pin on the antenna USB connector).
[00048] Also described herein are apparatuses (e.g., devices and systems, including radio/transceiver devices) that are adapted to detect (and/or control) the type of antenna to which the radio device is connected. For example, described herein are radio devices that may be used with a variety of antennas and are configured to identify and/or control the type of antenna to which they are connected through the ground pin(s) of a USB connector. Thus, a radio device may include: a receiver configured to receive RF signals; a transmitter configured to transmit RF signals; at least one RF output/input line; a USB port; and a detection circuit connected to a ground pin of the USB port and configured to compare the voltage of the USB port to a predetermined value and output an indicator of the identity of a type of antenna when the USB port of the radio device is connected to the USB port of the antenna.
[00049] The detection circuit may include a plurality of comparators configured to compare the voltage of the ground pin of the USB port to a predetermined value. The radio device of claim 13, wherein the detection circuit is configured to do a resistive measurement to generate a digital signal indicative of the identity of the type of antenna.
[00050] As mentioned above, any of the radio devices described herein may be configured to transmit steering information when the detection circuit detects a phased array antenna.
[00051] In general, described herein are methods of operating an antenna apparatus (including, but not limited to the phased array antennas described herein) capable of specifying a plurality of different directional beams as an access point. Thus, for example, any of the antennas described herein may be used as part of an access point, either alone, or in combination with other antennas. Thus, also described herein are methods and systems for operating an access point comprising an array of antennas.
[00052] For example, as mentioned above, described herein are method of operating an access point in a wireless network, wherein the access point is configured to operate a plurality of directional beams, the method comprising: transmitting a training packet for each of the plurality of directional beams of the access point, wherein each training packet includes an identifier specific to the directional beam transmitting the training packet; receiving at the access point, in response to the training packet, a response packet from a station device, wherein the response packet includes the identifier specific to the directional beam transmitting the training packet and a priority value associated with one or more criteria for directional beam selection; designating a directional beam from the plurality of directional beams for communicating with the station device based on the priority value received in the response packet; and transmitting data between the access point and the station device using the directional beam designated for the station device to transmit data to the station device.
[00053] A method of operating an access point in a wireless network (wherein the access point is configured to operate a plurality of directional beams) may include: assigning one of the directional beams from the plurality of
directional beams to a station device, by: transmitting a plurality of training packets, wherein each training packet identifies a directional beam and is transmitted using the identified directional beam; receiving a response packet from a station device, wherein the response packet identifies one of the directional beams of the plurality of directional beams and includes a priority value associated with one of the training packets; and designating the station device a directional beam based on the priority value; and transmitting data between the access point and the station device using the directional beam designated for the station device to transmit data to the station device.
[00054] More than one station devices may be assigned directional beams by this method. For example, any of these methods may include assigning a directional beam from the plurality of directional beams to a second station device. Directional beams may be assigned from the plurality of directional beams to a second station device, and transmitting data between the access point and the second station device may use the directional beam assigned to the second station device.
[00055] The method of assigning directional beams to specific station devices (and apparatuses configured to do this) may be particularly configured so that the steps of assigning (e.g., transmitting the training packets, receiving response packets and assigning or re-assigning directional beams) is done only infrequency, e.g., at predetermined intervals that are less than once per half-minute, once per minute, once per second, once per 2 sec, once per 5 sec, once per 10 sec, once per 15 sec, once per 30 sec, once per 1 min, once per 2 min, once per 3 min, once per 5 min, once per 10 min, once per 15 min, once per 20 min, once per 30 min, once per hour, etc.). For example, transmitting the training packet for each of the plurality of directional beams may mean transmitting the training packet less frequently than once every second, once every five seconds, etc.
[00056] The methods and apparatuses described herein may also be configured so that the data rate between the access point (e.g., phased array antenna) and any of the station device communicating with the access point is selectable and may be matched to the use of a particular directional beam and/or particular timeslots dedicated to station devices and un-dedicated time slots. For example, any of the methods or apparatuses may be configured to transmit signals from the station device to the access point at a first rate using the directional beam designated for the station device during a first time period assigned to the station device and transmit signals from the station device to the access point at a second, lower rate without using the directional beam designated for the station device during a second time period.
[00057] Any of the apparatuses and methods described herein may be configured to operate with a different directional beam for transmission to the station device and receiving data from the station device. For example, described herein are methods and devices in which transmitting data from the access point to the station device may include using a first designated directional beam (for that particular station device) and receiving data at the access point from that station device may use a second direction beam that is different from the designated directional beam. Thus, in any of these methods and apparatuses, separate receive directional beams and transmit directional beams may be assigned (e.g., by the access point). For example, the apparatus or method may be configured to include designating a receive directional beam from the plurality of directional beams for receiving signals from the station device.
[00058] As mentioned, any of the methods of operating the access point described herein my be performed using a phased array antenna and/or using a plurality of antennas including directional antennas. Thus, for example, transmitting data may generally comprise transmitting data from one of a plurality of directional antennas forming the access point, wherein each directional antenna is associated with a directional beam from the plurality of directional beams. In some variations, transmitting data comprises transmitting data from a phased array antenna
farming the access point, wherein the phased array antenna phased array antenna comprises phase angles associated with directional beams from the plurality of directional beams.
[00059] The phased array antenna may be beamformed in any way, including using any type of phase shifter, or array of phase shifter, and/or it may use a lens (e.g., compact lacunated lens as described herein) Transmitting data may include transmitting data from a phased array antenna at different phase angles wherein the phased array antenna includes a plurality of phase shifters configured to select the directional beams of the access point.
[00060] In general, the methods and apparatuses described herein may be configured to construct the training packets and receive response packets so that directional beams may be assigned to particular station devices. For example, the method (or an apparatus configured to perform the method) may include constructing the training packets in a processor of the access point. A training packet may be constructed for each of a plurality of directional beams (e.g., beam angles), and the training packet specific to a particular directional beam may encode a reference to that directional beam; it may then be transmitted at that directional beam by the access point. A reference to the directional beam may include a reference to the particular antenna (e.g., when dedicated directional antennas are used), phase angle (e.g., phrase array antennas), or any other reference indicating the directional beam from the access point.
[00061] The response packet typically includes a reference to the directional beam and the station device transmitting the response packet, as well as a specific priority value related to the goodness of the signal received by the station device. For example, the priority value may include an indicator of one or more of: signal strength; packet error rate; or a modulation scheme. In some variations the response value may be the carrier to interference noise ratio (CINR) and/or error vector magnitude (EVM).
[00062] As mentioned, in any of these variations, the apparatus may be configured to operate using TDMA, and to designate timeslots for upstream and/or downstream transmission/reception between the access point and the various station devices. In particular, these apparatuses may operate by shifting the data rate (and the directional beam) so that at timeslots dedicated for communication between the access point and a particular station device, a first mode (e.g., a higher rate transmission mode) may be used along with the assigned directional beam for that station, while at timeslots that are not specific to a particular station device (e.g., unassigned time slots, general time slots, overflow time slots, etc.) a different, e.g., lower rate mode, may be used, without the specific directional beam for that station.
[00063] For example, a method of operating an access point in a wireless network, wherein the access point is configured to operate a plurality of directional beams, may include: assigning each of a plurality of station devices one of the directional beams from the plurality of directional beams; allocating upstream timeslots to each of the plurality of station device and allocating general upstream timeslots that are not associated with a single station device; receiving data at a first rate at the access device from a station device of the plurality of station devices during an upstream timeslot allocated to the station device and using the directional beam assigned for the station device; receiving data at a second data rate at the access device from a station device of the plurality of station devices during a second upstream timeslot that is a general upstream timeslot.
[00064] For example, the first rate may have a different modulation scheme than the second rate; e.g., the first rate may be higher than the second rate. Receiving data at the second rate may include using a directional beam that is different from the directional beam assigned to the station device. In some variations different updstream directional beams and downstream directional beams may be used for all or some of the stations devices. Any of these methods may also include allocating downstream timeslots to each of the plurality of stations devices and
transmitting data (e.g., at the first rate) to a station device of the plurality of stations during a downstream timeslot allocated to the station device and using the directional beam assigned for the station device.
[00065] Also described herein are methods of operating an access point in a wireless network, wherein the access point is configured to operate a plurality of directional beams, the method comprising: assigning each of a plurality of station devices one of the directional beams from the plurality of directional beams as a downstream directional beam; assigning each of a plurality of station devices one of the directional beams from the plurality of directional beams as an upstream directional beam; transmitting data from the access point to a station device of the plurality of station devices using the downstream directional beam assigned to the station device; and receiving data from a station device of the plurality of station using the upstream directional beam assigned for the station device.
[00066] As mentioned, described herein are systems for operating an access point, which comprises an array of antennae, in a wireless network. During operation, the access point sends a training packet via an antenna of the array of antennae. This training packet includes an identifier of the antenna. The access point then receives a response packet corresponding to the training packet from an end device. This response packet includes the identifier of the antenna and priority values associated with one or more criteria for antenna selection from the array of antennae. Based on the priority values, the access point determines the antenna to be the designated antenna for communicating with the end device.
[00067] At least one of the antennae in the array of antennae may be a broadcast antenna. The access point may identify a second end device for which the access point has not designated an antenna and uses the broadcast antenna for communicating with the second end device. At least one of the antennae in the array of antennae may be a virtual broadcast antenna, which is logically coupled with a respective antenna of the array of antennae. The training packet may be a multi-destination packet.
[00068] In response to selecting the antenna to be the designated antenna, the access point may transmit a packet to the end device via the antenna during a dedicated downstream timeslot allocated for the end device.
[00069] A criterion in the criteria for antenna selection may correspond to: (1) signal strength of the end device, (2) packet error rate between the access point and the end device, or (3) a modulation scheme.
[00070] Also described are systems for operating an access point, which comprises an array of antennae, in a wireless network. During operation, the access point may send a training packet via an antenna of the array of antennae. This training packet can include an identifier of the antenna. The access point then receives a wireless acknowledgement packet corresponding to the training packet from an end device and determines priority values associated with one or more criteria for antenna selection from the array of antennae based on the wireless acknowledgement packet. Based on the determined priority values, the access point determines the antenna to be the designated antenna for communicating with the end device. The access point and the end device may contend for transmission time between the access point and the end device. The contention between the access point and the end device content may be based on Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.1 1 family of standards. The training packet may be a uni-destination packet for the end device.
[00071] A criterion in the criteria for antenna selection may correspond to: (1) signal strength of the end device, (2) packet error rate between the access point and the end device, or (3) a modulation scheme.
[00072] Also described are antenna systems that include an array of antenna elements. A first subset of the antenna elements may be adapted to transmit an omni-directional signal. A second subset of the antenna elements may be adapted to transmit a directional signal with a horizontal polarization. A third subset of the antenna elements may be adapted to transmit a directional signal with a vertical polarization. The antenna system may also
include an antenna control module. During operation, the antenna control module may send a training packet via the first subset of antenna elements, wherein the training packet includes an identifier of the antenna system. The antenna control module then receives a response packet corresponding to the training packet from an end device, wherein the response packet includes the identifier of the antenna system and priority values associated with one or more criteria for selection of antenna elements. The antenna control module then determines a direction and polarization to be used for communication with the end device.
[00073] For example, described herein are phased array antenna apparatuses that include: a controller; a radio frequency (RF) input connected to the controller; a plurality of phase shifters, wherein each phase shifter is connected to the RF input and wherein each phase shifter is connected to the controller; a plurality of antenna ports wherein each antenna port is connected to a phase shifter; an array of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to one of the antenna ports; wherein the controller is configured for beamforming the apparatus by setting a phase angle for each of the phase shifters to directional beams; and wherein the controller is configured to assign a station device a directional beam and to transmit data to the station device using the assigned directional beam, based on a response packet received from the station device in response to a training packet emitted by the array of antenna elements.
[00074] In general, the controller may be configured to periodically transmit a training packet at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the training packet encodes an identifier of the directional beam. The controller may be configured to assign the directional beam to a station device based on the response packet received from the station device, wherein the response packet includes an identifier of a directional beam and a priority value associated with one of the training packets. The controller may be configured to periodically transmit training packets at each of a plurality of directional beams. For example, the controller may be configured to periodically transmit training packets at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the period is less than once every second, 2 sec, 5 sec, 15 sec, 30 sec, 45 sec, 1 minute, etc.).
[00075] The controller may be configured to receive data from the station device at a first rate using the assigned directional beam at a first window of time, and to receive data from the station device at a second, slower, rate when not using the assigned directional beam during a second window of time. For example, the controller may be configured to allocate upstream timeslots to the station device and to allocate general upstream timeslots that are not allocated to the station device, and to receive data at a first rate from the station device devices during an upstream timeslot allocated to the station device using the assigned directional beam, and to receive data at a second data rate from the station device during a second upstream timeslot that is not allocated to the station device.
[00076] In general, a controller may be configured to assign each of a plurality of station devices a directional beam based on a response packet received from each of the station devices in response to a training packet emitted by the array of antenna elements, and to transmit data to the station device using the assigned directional beam.
[00077] The array of antenna elements may be a flat array; the antenna elements may be arranged in parallel (e.g., vertical) rows of emitting elements. For example, each antenna element of the array of antenna elements may comprise a line of emitting elements. Each antenna element of the array of antenna elements may comprise a line of disc-shaped emitting elements.
[00078] For example, a phased array antenna apparatus may include a two-dimensional array of antenna emitters; and a radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem connected to the 2D array of antenna emitters, and configured to generate a plurality of RF signals that are phase shifted relatively to each other for beamforming of the plurality of RF signals emitted by the two dimensional array of antenna emitters.
[00079] In general, a radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem may include, as described above, an RF radio (transceiver), and a separate or separable steering unit. The steering unit may be a controller (e.g., control circuitry) and a steering element (e.g., a plurality of phase shifters and/or a lacunated lens). In some variations the control circuitry is part of the RF radio (transceiver). Thus the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem may operate as each of these components (which are described above) operate.
[00080] For example, the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem may comprise a plurality of phase shifters, wherein each phase shifter is connected to the RF transceiver and wherein steering subsystem is configured to set a phase angle for each of the phase shifters. The radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem may comprise a lacunated lens. The radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem may be configured to periodically transmit a training packet at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the training packet encodes an identifier of the directional beam.
[00081] Thus, any of the phased array antenna apparatuses described herein may include: an antenna housing including; a two-dimensional array of antenna emitters forming two or more vertical columns of disc-shaped emitting surfaces arrange in a flat plane on a front side of the antenna housing; a pair of flared wings extending vertically along two sides of the two-dimensional array; a radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem connected to the 2D array of antenna emitters, and configured to generate a plurality of RF signals that are phase shifted relatively to each other for beamforming of the plurality of RF signals emitted by the two dimensional array of antenna emitters, wherein the RF transceiver and steering subsystem comprises a radio device; and two or more RF connectors on a back of the antenna housing, configured to connect the radio device to the two-dimensional array of antenna emitters.
[00082] As mentioned, the antenna elements of the array of antenna elements may comprise a line of emitting elements; for example, the antenna elements of the array of antenna elements may comprise a line of disc-shaped emitting elements. In some variations, the antenna elements of the two-dimensional array of antenna elements comprise disc-shaped elements each having a concave emitting surface.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[00083] The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity in the claims that follow. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the invention are utilized, and the accompanying drawings of which:
[00084] FIGS. 1 A, IB, 1C and ID show front, side, side perspective, and back views, respectively, of an phased array antenna as described herein that is steerable using a compact (e.g., lacunated) lens having a plurality of groups (or lines) of radiating antenna elements that may be used to steer the beam of the antenna.
[00085] FIG. 2 illustrates the operation of a phased array antenna such as the one shown in FIGS. 1A-1D, communicating with a variety of wireless devices arranged at different azimuthal positions.
[00086] FIG. 3A schematically illustrates one variation of a phased array antenna including a compact electronic lens adapted for beamforming the phased array antenna.
[00087] FIG. 3B is another schematic of a phased array antenna such as the one shown in FIG. 3A.
[00088] FIGS. 3C, 3D and 3E show back, side and front views, respectively, illustrating an example of components of a phased array antenna such as the one shown schematically in FIG. 3B.
[00089] FIGS. 4A, 4B and 4C illustrate top views of variations of compact, electronic lenses for beamforming as described herein.
[00090] FIG. 5 is a top view of an example of a prior-art Rotman lens.
[00091] FIG. 6A is a schematic illustrating one variation of a phased array antenna having both horizontal and vertical transmission/reception paths, and including separate horizontal and vertical compact (lacunated) lenses.
[00092] FIG. 6B is a schematic illustration of one example of the antenna portion (showing an array of emitting antenna elements) as described herein.
[00093] FIGS. 7A and 7B show top views of a portion of a phased array antenna including the switching circuitry and compact (lacunated) lenses as described herein; the lenses shown may be used with a phased array antenna such as the one shown in FIG. 3C.
[00094] FIG. 8A shows a front perspective view of an exemplary antenna array having a plurality of emitting elements arranged in vertical groups similar to the variation shown in FIG. 3E and 6B.
[00095] FIG. 8B is a side perspective view of the antenna array shown in FIG. 8A.
[00096] FIG. 9A is a front view of another example of antenna (emitter) elements of a phased array antenna. FIG. 9B is a back view of the phased array antenna emitter elements shown in FIG. 9A. FIG. 9C shows one example of an antenna (emitter) element of the phased array antenna of FIG. 9A.
[00097] FIGS. 10A, 10B and IOC show front, side and back views, respectively, of one variation of a phased array antenna that may be used with a removable/replaceable RF radio (transceiver). FIG. 10D is another example of a back view of the phased array antenna of FIGS. lOA-lOC.
[00098] FIGS. 10E and 10F show back perspective and top views, respectively, or the phased array antenna of FIGS. l OA-l OC.
[00099] FIG. 1 1 is an exploded view of a phased array antenna that may be used with a removable RF radio, similar to the variation shown in FIGS. 10A-10F.
[000100] FIG. 12A is a schematic illustration of a sensing (detection) circuit that may be used with a removable (e.g., self-contained) RF radio to detect the type of antenna that the radio is connected to from the ground pin of a USB connector. FIG. 12B illustrates the identification of the identity of an antenna when the radio is connected, using a circuit such as the one shown in FIG. 12A.
[000101] FIG. 13 schematically illustrates the control of a phased array antenna that is connected to an RF radio device once the antenna type has been identified by the radio.
[000102] FIGS. 14A-14M illustrate one method for setting up a phased array antenna, including connecting a removable RF radio with the phased array antenna (FIGS. 14A-14H), and mounting the connected phased array antenna (FIGS. 14I-14M).
[000103] FIG. 15A illustrates an exemplary array of antennae operating as an AP.
[000104] FIG. 15B illustrates an exemplary system managing an array of antennae operating as an AP.
[000105] FIG. 15C illustrates an exemplary an array of antennae, which includes a broadcast antenna, operating as an AP.
[000106] FIG. 15D illustrates an exemplary an array of antennae, which includes a virtual broadcast antenna, operating as an AP.
[000107] FIG. 16A presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of an AP actively learning antenna association of end devices.
[000108] FIG. 16B presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of an end device facilitating active learning of antenna association.
[000109] FIG. 17 presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of an AP passively learning antenna association of end devices.
[000110] FIG. 18 presents an exemplary time-division multiple access (TDMA) channel access method of an AP.
[000111] FIG. 19A presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary downstream transmission process of an AP.
[000112] FIG. 19B presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary upstream reception process of an AP based on dedicated timeslots.
[000113] FIG. 19C presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary upstream transmission process of an end device.
[000114] FIG. 20 illustrates an exemplary AP system that comprises an array of antennae operating as the AP system.
[000115] FIG. 21 is another example of a system including an array of sector antennas that may be controlled as an AP system as described herein.
[000116] FIG. 22 is another example of a system including an array of antennas or antenna elements, each phase shifted (e.g., to steer) that may be controlled as an AP system as described herein.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[000117] Phased array antennas are described herein, including phased array antennas that include a compact, electronic lens for steering (beamforming) the antenna. Features of the array antennas, and of systems including such antennas, are described in greater detail below, and may include: compact, electronic lenses (e.g., lacunated lenses) for steering a phased array antenna, phased array antennas incoiporating such compact electronic lenses, phased array antennas adapted for use with a removable, self-contained RF radio (transceiver) device, methods and devices for identifying the type of antenna (including the type of phased array antenna) to which a removable, self- contained RF radio is connected, methods and device for controlling a phased array antenna by a removable, self- contained RF radio, and arrangements of antenna (emitting) elements within a phased array antenna. Also described herein are systems and methods of operating an access point using an antenna array, which may include one or more phased array antennas, including those described herein. Any of the elements and features described herein may be used alone or in combination.
[000118] For example, FIGS. 1A-1D illustrate one variation of a phased array antenna. This variation is configured as a phased array base station antenna. A phased array antenna may include a plurality of emitting antenna elements that may be placed on and/or in a housing 101. The housing may include a cover to protect the antenna elements, e.g., from weather. In FIGS 1 A- ID the housing also includes a pair of flared 'wings' 103 extending vertically along two of the four sides. These wings may shield the antenna elements, and may be formed of a metal (shielding) material.
[000119] In FIGS. 1A-1D the phased array antenna is adapted to be mounted, as illustrated in more detail below, in an upright, vertical position, and can be controlled by the beamforming lens to scan or orient azimuthally (e.g. in the horizontal direction). The back of the housing of the phased array antenna shown in FIG. ID illustrates the mounting portions 105, 107 and a connection region 1 1 1. The housing may also include a level (e.g., spirit level 1 13) for assisting in alignment of the device.
[000120] In operation, a phased array antenna may communicate wirelessly by RF signal transmission with one or more wireless devices within range of the phased array antenna. As illustrated schematically in FIG. 2, a single phased array antenna 209 may direct beams to one or more wireless devices. For example, in FIG. 2, three exemplary devices 21 1, 213, 215 are illustrated. The phased array antenna may be steered electronically, without requiring gross movement of the antenna, to communicate with each of the three devices that are separated from each other in space (e.g., azimuthally). The phased array antenna may be connected to a second phased array antenna or another type of wireless device (including an antenna) and/or may be configured as an access point. FIG. 2 is a top view of (e.g., looking down on) a phased array antenna deployed to communicate with a variety of wireless devices. The phased array antenna may be configured as a base station.
[000121] Any of the phased array antennas described herein may include or may be adapted to connect with, a radio (RF radio) device that acts as a transceiver (transmitter and receiver) for RF signals at one or more desired frequencies . For example, the apparatus shown in FIGS. 1 A-1D may be configured to accommodate an RF radio (e.g., the Ubiquity "Rocket M5") and which may connect on a portion (e.g., the back) of the device. Alternatively, the devices described herein may include an integrated radio. Thus, the transceiver can also be incorporated into the device.
[000122] FIG. 3A schematically illustrates the operation of a phased array antenna as described herein. In this example, the antenna includes or is connected to an RF radio 301 that provides input to the antenna, including a steering angle selection switch 305 and an electronic lens 307 that effectively steers the antenna emitting element(s) 31 1. For example, the RF antenna may provide RF signal input/output, which may be a single input/output or may include multiple (e.g., parallel) input/output signals, including horizontal and vertical polarization signals. The radio may also configured the output/input signals using any appropriate technique, e.g., single and multiple access/encoding such as frequency-division multiple access (FDMA) and frequency division duplex (FDD), etc. Finally, the radio may be connected to the phased array antenna through one or multiple connections, including connections to steer the antenna to direct the antenna beam towards a particular target azimuthal direction (e.g., 40°, 20°, 0°, -20, -40°) from the orientation of the antenna. In FIG. 3 A the switch 305 may select the angle of the phased array antenna by selecting which input ports (e.g., "beam ports") 331 feeding into the lens 307. In this example, five beam ports are illustrated. Each beam port has a characteristic (e.g., predetermined) angle associated with that particular beam port. In FIG. 3A, the angle associated with each beam port is indicated above the beam port (e.g., 40°, 20°, 0°, -20, -40°). Because of the structure of the compact electronic lens 307, the output port (e.g., antenna ports) 333 of the lens may be time-delayed relative to data sent and/or received by a particular beam port, resulting in steering of the beam to the particular angle, as indicated. For example, if input is applied non the beam port associated with the -20° phase angle, signals applied into the lens from this beam port will result in a wave front 341 as indicated in FIG. 3 A. Similarly, by switching between any of the other beam ports 331 of the lens 307, the antenna beam may be steered to any of the other predetermined azimuthal angles (indicated by dashed lines in this example). In some variations, by applying the same signal to combinations of beam ports the beam may be steered to intermediate targets, alternatively, the apparatus may be configured so that signals may be applied onto to a single beam port at a time. Details of the structure and operation of the lens are provided in greater detail below.
[000123] FIG. 3B shows another schematic example of a phased array antenna, similar to that shown in FIG. 3A. In this example, the radio 301, steering angle select switch(s) 305 and lens 307 (including beam ports and antenna ports) may be similar to those shown in FIG. 3 A, however antenna 311 emitting elements 315 are also illustrated on the antenna. The antenna is oriented so that the emitting elements 315 will be positioned vertically to allow azimuthal steering of the RF signals. In this example, the emitting elements 315 are configured as elongated
emitting elements; each emitting element may be a single emitter or a plurality of connected emitters, as illustrated in FIG. 3E.
[000124] In the example shown in FIG. 3B, the switch(s) 305, lens 307, and antenna emitters may be included in the antenna housing. In some variation the radio may also be included within the same housing. For example, as shown in FIG. 3C, a single PCB 351 may be used to hold form the switch(s) and lens(s) within the housing and may be connected to each of the antenna emitting elements. In FIGS. 3C-3C, the PCB is mounted on one side (e.g., the back side) of a support that also holds the plurality of antenna emitting elements 315. Each of the antenna ports of the lens are connected by electrical connections (e.g., wires, traces, etc.) to each of the antenna emitting elements 315. In FIG. 3C, the antenna includes 48 individual antenna emitting elements 315, arranged in six vertical lines of eight individual emitting elements; within this arrangement, each of the eight individual elements are electrically connected so that all eight emit/receive synchronously. This arrangement of lines of connected individual emitting element is particularly beneficial, and may help in focusing the beam in the elevation plane. However, rather than multiple linked elements, a single antenna emitting element may be used.
[000125] In FIG. 3C-3E the apparatus is configured to connect to a radio (not shown). As mentioned, the radio may be integrated into the device, and may be formed on the same PCB as the lens and switches. In this example, the antenna consists of an array of approximately cone-shaped disk/wafer transmitters 315 on a panel. The antenna board connects to the electronic lens board, so that the phased array may direct the direction of the focused radio wave signal. Any appropriate radio (transceiver) can be connected to the phased array antenna and may provide directional transmission of radio waves.
[000126] The compact lenses described herein are adapted for electronic beam steering. These lenses are compact beam steering lenses may be formed from parallel plates (for example, a stripline) where there are a plurality of openings (holes, gaps, lacuna, etc.) formed in the plane of the lens body.
[000127] For example, the lens body may be formed of two parallel, conductive plates separated by a dielectric material. The lens body extends in a plane (parallel with each of the plates), and the holes, gaps, lacunae, etc. in the body may be formed into this plane. Because of the multiple holes/openings/gaps/lacunae in the lens body, these lenses may be referred to as lacunated lenses.
[000128] In general, a lacunated lens allows steering of a beam of a phase-array antenna without the need for phase shifters. As mentioned above in reference to FIG. 3A-3B, a lacunated lens typically has multiple antenna beam ports, where each beam port has an associated (predefined and predetermined) constant phase shift and has multiple antenna input/output ports (e.g., array output ports) that are each connected to antenna radiating elements. The beam ports may be referred to as antenna beam ports, antenna beam input ports, input ports, or beam phase ports. The beam ports can be connected to switches that allow switching between the beam ports to determine the angle of the beam for the array antenna. The lacunated lens also includes a plurality of antenna ports for connection to antenna elements. The antenna elements may also be referred to as antenna radiating/receiving elements, radiating elements or antenna receiving elements.
[000129] Antenna elements are typically connected on one side of the lacunated lens, with beam ports connected on the opposite side of the lacunated lens. The lacunated lens may also be thought of as a quasi-microstrip (or quasi-stripline) circuit where each beam port represents (or results in) a constant phase shift at the antenna ports, by feeding (or receiving from) the antenna elements at phases that vary linearly across a row. The variations in phase result in steering of the phased array, as illustrated in FIG. 3 A.
[000130] FIGS. 4A-4C illustrate variations of lacunated lenses. In general, the lacunated lens has a carefully chosen shape and location of the lacuna or openings through the parallel plates within the inner region of the lens; these openings produce a wave front across the antenna ports that is phased by the time delay in the signal transmission, so that each beam port correspond to a distinct beam angle shift at the output. Aiming the array antenna may involve selecting a specific beam port (or combinations of beam ports). For example, the lens may have N beam ports and M antenna ports, where the N beam ports each correspond to a different phase angle, and the M antenna ports each connect to a distinct antenna element.
[000131] This is illustrated in FIG. 4A. In This example, the lacunated lens has five beam ports 405 (in this example, N is 5) and also has five antenna ports 410 (Mis 5). The lens is formed from as a microstrip so that there are multiple cut-out regions 403 (openings, lacuna, etc.) in the plane forming the lens, within the body of the lens 401 between the beam ports and the antenna ports. In this example, the lens may be formed as a printed circuit board (e.g., microstrip) structure, although other parallel-plate structures could be used. For example, the lens may be printed using an FR4 (e.g., FR408) material. FR408 is a high-performance FR-4 epoxy laminate having a low dielectric constant and low dissipation factor.
[000132] In this example, the holes (which may also be described as opening, lacuna, cut-outs, etc.) are regions where the signal is not passed through the body of the lens. Thus, the radio signal must travel in a path through the regions between the openings along the body 401. In general, the opening may have any shape. Although FIG. 4 A shows the openings as generally rectangular, the openings may be square, triangular, circular, five-sided, six-sided, seven-sided, eight-sided, etc. For example FIG. 4C illustrates openings having different sizes and shapes, including oval and triangular. The number of openings may also be varied. For example, in some variations the number of openings may be greater than 2, greater than M, greater than N, greater than Mx N, etc. The shape and sizes of the openings may be selected based on the path length and transit time, as well as the constructive and destructive effects of traveling through the parallel plate structure having multiple separate but converging paths. In each case the signal input/output at a particular beam port may be pre-defined (e.g., to have a desired phase angle and location on the edge of the lens body), and the number of antenna beam ports may also be predefined. By varying the number, sizes and locations of the openings through the lens body, the one or more solutions resulting in the predetermined timing delay causing the phase shift at the antenna ports may be resolved. In the examples shown in FIGS. 4A-4C the openings are symmetric about a midline transverse to the antenna ports and beam ports. This symmetry may not be necessary. In addition, the examples shown are intended to provide relatively evenly spaced phase angle shifts; the spacing between phase angles may be irregular (e.g., for a set of five antenna ports, -40°, - 30°, 10°, 15°, 40°), and customized.
[000133] Thus, the arrangement of the openings as well as the overall shape (e.g., outer perimeter) of the plane forming the body of the lens may be modified to adjust the phase shift of the lens, and may be determined experimentally or solved for by simulation. In general, the timing of a signal from each of the beam ports to each of the antenna ports through the body of the lens, including traveling around the holes, may determine the effective phase at each of the antenna ports. The length and connection of each antenna port to each antenna emitting element may also be included in this estimate, so that the steering can be determined. In addition, the overall shape of the lens body may be varied. For example, in FIG. 4A the lens body has a grossly rectangular shape; while in FIGS. 4B and 4C, the lens body is more regularly rectangularly (or square) shaped. The lens body may have other shapes (e.g., trapezoidal, oval, pentagonal, hexagonal, heptagonal, octagonal, oval, etc.).
[000134] In general, these lenses operate in both transmission and reception of electromagnetic signals. For example, steering the beam to be transmitted may involve feeding a signal to one of the different input ports (or for
steering to intermediate angles, feeding combinations of ports). As described above, the beam is steered by phasing the time delay of transmission from the array of emitting elements based on the angle desired. Receiving signals from one (or combinations of) beam ports ("listening" on these beam ports) may determine the angle from which a signal was received by the antenna.
[000135] The lenses described herein are particularly compact and efficient. Traditional lenses for beamforming, such as Rotman lenses and variations thereof, are structured differently, and must therefore be much larger than the lacunated lenses described here.
[000136] For example, a traditional Rotman lens has a plurality of inputs with fixed/constant phase shift, a plurality of outputs that each connect to a radiating element, and a plurality of dummy ports to provide refelctionless termination. A Rotman lens generally has a carefully chosen shape and appropriate length transmission lines to produce a wave front across the output that is phased by the time delay in the signal transmission. For example, FIG. 5 shows an example of a basic diagram of a traditional Rotman lens. The Rotman lens in FIG. 5 consists of a set Nb of input (beam) ports and a set of Na output (array/antenna) ports arranged along an arc. The lens structure between both sets of ports functions as an ideal transmission line between the individual input and output ports. The signal applied to an input port is picked up by the output ports, and the different electrical lengths between a specific input and all output ports generates a linear progressive phase shift across the output ports of the lens. A large number of terminal or "dummy" ports are also an integral part of the Rotman lens and serve as an absorber for the spillover of the lens and thus it reduces multiple reflections and standing waves which deteriorate the lens performance. The design of these types of lenses is governed by the Rotman-Turner design equations, based on the geometry of the lens. These equations assume a solid parallel plate region (e.g., without holes) and the presence of dummy ports.
[000137] A principle advantage, and distinction, between the lacunated lenses described herein and traditional Rotman-type lenses is the sizing. For a particular band of frequencies, the lacunated lenses described herein may be made substantially smaller than Rotman lenses. For example, a typical Rotman lens may require a roughly 12 x 12 cm lens when operating in the RF frequency range (e.g., 2 GHz to 30 GHz). A lacunated lens as described herein may have comparable or superior performance at a fraction of this size. For example, the lacunated lens shown in FIGS. 4A-4C and other examples may be about 5 cm x 6 cm or smaller. Without intending to be bound by a particular theory of operation, this may be a result of the increased path lengths resulting from the holes through the body of the lens in the lacunated lenses described herein, as mentioned above.
[000138] FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate another example of a phased array antenna using lacunated lenses. In this example, the phased array antenna receives both horizontal and vertical polarization input from the RF radio 601, and may separately transmit/receive the horizontal and vertical signal components through a dedicated horizontal component lacunated lens 607 and a vertical component lacunated lens 609. In FIG. 6 A, the radio 601, which may be integrated with or separate from the rest of the antenna, connects the RF horizontal and vertical signal components to the switch 605. Additional control elements (processors, etc.) may be used either as part of a control for the phased array antenna or (more likely) as part of the RF radio; the additional control may determine the control information/configuration for the phased array antenna, including which beam ports to use, and timing of the applied energy. The two lenses may be steered together (e.g., in tandem) or independently, and each lens may be connected (via the antenna ports) to each of the antenna emitting elements. In FIG. 6A, there are five antenna ports for each lens, and six antenna emitting lines. As shown in FIG. 6B, each antenna emitting line may comprise multiple, linked antenna emitting elements; in FIG. 6B, eight emitting elements 627 are connected 631, 633 in a vertical line (which may improve focus in the elevation plane). Each of the first five lines of antenna emitting
elements is connected to one of the antenna ports of each of the horizontal lens 607 and the vertical lens 609. In addition, in this example, the sixth antenna emitting line of emitting elements is connected directly 615, 617 to the vertical and horizontal components, without being time-delayed through a lens. Thus, the antenna may include an omni-directional set of antenna elements 625 in addition to the beamformed (aimed) sets.
[000139] FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate one example of a pair of lenses such as those described for FIG. 6A and 6B above, in which the lenses are formed along with the switches (e.g., on a PCB) and include connectors 703 for connecting the antenna ports to the array of antenna emitting elements (not visible in FIG. 7A and 7B). As shown in FIG. 7B, this example has five antenna ports 705 for the horizontal lens, one horizontal omni-directional connection 707, five antenna ports 709 for the vertical lens, and one vertical omni-directional connection 711.
[000140] These ports may be connected to the antenna emitting elements (e.g., on an opposite side of the antenna housing). As shown in FIGS. 8A, 8B, 9A, 9B and 9C, the antenna emitting elements may be arranged in an array so that the line of emitting elements (which may be referred to collectively as an antenna element, and therefore includes one or more antenna emitting elements) and connected to the appropriate antenna ports. For example, FIGS. 9A and 9B show front and back portions, respectively or an array of antenna elements. In FIG. 9A, eight antenna emitting elements are shown connected to form a line (vertical line) making an antenna element. In FIG. 9B the connections to the antenna ports on the back side of the antenna substrate is shown. FIG. 9C shows an enlarged view, with exemplary dimensions, of a single antenna emitting element.
[000141] FIGS. 10A to 10F illustrate one variation of an assembled phased array antenna including a pair of lacunated lenses for horizontal and vertical components of RF signal communication. In this example, the apparatus is configured to dock with a RF radio device on the back of the antenna. It may be configured to accommodate a variety of transceivers. Alternatively, the transceiver can also be incorporated into the device itself.
[000142] As mentioned, inside, the antenna consists of an array of cone-shaped disk/wafer transmitters on a panel. The antenna board connects to the electronic lens board, using the phased array to direct the direction of the focused radio wave. FIG. 10D illustrates one variation of a back of the phased array antenna including mounting regions 1003 and connections for coupling to the RF connectors 1005, 1005' (e.g., horizontal and vertical RF component connectors). As discussed below, the back may also include a USB port 1007. A spirit level 101 1 may also be included to help align the antenna. Finally, the back may include attachment elements for coupling to an RF Radio device, including a cover or shroud 1013 for covering the radio once connected.
[000143] FIG. 1 1 shows an exploded view of the device of FIGS. 10A-10F. In this example, the phased array antenna includes a front cover 1, and a rear housing 2. The rear housing may include the wings/deflectors described above, as well as attachments for the mounts (e.g., radio mount 5, pivot mount 16, 17; pole-mounting brackets 13, 15, 18, and mounting screws 26, 27), connecting cables (e.g., RF cables 10 connecting the RF radio to the antenna) and a cover for an RF radio that can attach to the back of the apparatus (not shown). As mentioned above, a spirit level (bubble level) 9 may be integrated into the cover (e.g., back cover). Between the front and back covers, the internal components may include the plurality of antenna emitting elements 12 (disk-like cones), each connected by screws/nuts to an antenna PCB 6. Connections between the individual antenna emitting elements may be made by a conductive element, such as a wire or trace; in FIG. 1 1 the conductive element is a conductive tape that can be used to connect a line of antenna emitting elements into a grouped antenna element, shown having eight individual antenna emitting elements, each. A printed circuit board 7 (lens PCBA) with the lens and control circuitry (e.g., switches, etc.) may be positioned behind the antenna PCB. A ground plate 31 is shown separating the front antenna side from the back circuitry/lens side. A plurality of cables 11 may connect the lens and control circuitry to the antenna elements (e.g., 130 mm cables). Fasteners such as screws and bolts may be used to secure the various
components. Finally, as shown in FIG. 11, a seal 3 (e.g., gasket) may be positioned between the front and back covers.
[000144] The examples above illustrate the use of a lacunated lens as a compact beamforming element.
However the lenses described herein may be used for a variety of other effects, including in particular as an amplifier. For example, any of the lenses described herein could be configured to operate (similar to a Bulter matrix) as a mulit-port amplifier, which is capable of selectively (or piecemeal) amplification by dividing a single input signal into N-signals or combining N-signals into a single output. For example, two or more of the lense devices (such as those shown in FIGS.4A-4C) may be connected together (and even stacked atop each other for compact packing) to feed into each other. For example, with reference to FIG. 4A, energy applied into the input port(s) (e.g., any one of them) may be divide out into the M output ports; the output of all or just some of these output ports may be (e.g., individually) amplified, amplifying the energy, and the output could be fed into another lens and re-combined. As a result, each amplifier used to amplify the final output would need less power and/or may be smaller and more compact (and require both space and less overhead, e.g., for cooling). This may further allow the use of smaller, less expensive amplifiers, including chip amplifiers.
[000145] Thus, the lenses described herein may be used in virtually any application that a Bulter matrix may be used, however the lenses described herein have numerous advantages over Bulter matrix devices, including their compact dimensions. A Butler matrix is typically a larger multilayered device, and may be difficult to use, in contract to the compact single (e.g., single dielectric) layer lenses described herein. CONNECTION TO RADIO/TRANSCIEVER
[000146] As mentioned above, any of the antennas described herein may be used with a removable/connectable RF radio (also referred to as a transceiver). Alternatively, in some variations the radio may be dedicated and/or permanently integrated into the antenna.
[000147] In variations in which the radio may be connected to the antenna, the radio may be a radio that is configured to be operated with various types of antennas and removably connected to an antenna, such as the phased array antennas as described above. For example, a radio may be an RF radio. The radio may include a transmitter and receiver, and may include one or more outputs/inputs (e.g., RF outputs/inputs) such as a horizontal polarization output/input and a vertical polarization output/input, as well as USB connector (of any appropriate type, such as a micro USB connector). Any of the antennas described herein may also include a USB connector or any appropriate type (e.g., a USB type A connector). As will be described in greater detail below, when connecting the device, the radio may be connected so that the data input/outputs (such as the RF outputs) are connected to the antenna, and the USB ports between the radio and antenna may also be connected. Power (e.g., POE) may be transmitted through the USB to power the antenna. In general, the radio device (e.g., transceiver), such as a 2x2 MIMO radio, can be paired with the antenna to transmit/receive.
[000148] In variations in which the radio may be used with a variety of different antennas, including the phased array antennas described herein that can be beamformed (aimed) on different devices (e.g., client or target devices, such as wireless devices as shown in FIG. 3), the radio device may benefit from knowing the identity of the antenna that it is connected to, so that the radio may control the direction of the beam (e.g., steer) the beam during operation of the radio. For example, the radio may control the modulation technique (TMDA, etc.) or otherwise routing traffic to and from the radio. Thus, the radio (which may also be referred to as a transceiver) may be configured to detect and identify the antenna that it is paired with, and, based on the identity of the antenna, configured the radio so as to
transmit and receive using the antenna, including provide control signals to the antenna (e.g., for aiming the antenna). This may be particularly useful with the phased array antennas described herein.
[000149] By using a USB connection between the radio and the antenna that can be used to provide power and/or data between the radio and the antenna, detection and/or communication between the antenna and the radio device may be done without the need for an additional communication link between the devices. A simplified circuit for signaling the identity of the antenna to the radio device may use the ground pins of the USB connection. By modifying the voltage of the ground pin, the USB connection may be a static identifier of the antenna identity in an otherwise generic USB connection, without requiring the use of a data line/pin of the USB connection. The circuitry involved may be extremely robust and simple.
[000150] In general, a radio (transceiver) may include a USB connector that mates with a USB connector on the antenna. As described herein, the traditionally dedicated ground pins on the USB connectors for the radio and the antenna USB connectors can be adapted to convey information identifying the antenna to the radio and in some variations, provide control information from the radio for steering the antenna. Thus, although the system does not use USB signals (Universal Serial Bus signals), instead the USB connector and standard USB cables may be adapted so that the dedicated ground pins transmit information about the identity and control for the antenna.
[000151] For example, a radio device may include the following USB pins, and be configured as a micro USB connector (pins usage as follows): Pinl = Power VCC; Pin2 = Digital clock; Pin3 = serial data; Pin4 = ID NC; Pin5 = USB GND; Shell = Earth_gnd. Similarly, the antenna device (e.g., and phased array antenna device) may be configured as a USB type A connector, and include the following pin configuration: Pinl = VCC power; Pin2 = Digital clock; Pin3 = Serial data; Pin4 = GND signal; Shell = Earth_GND.
[000152] The radio device can detect that it is connected to a phased array antenna so that it can then coordinate the control of the beam steering. This may be achieved using an analog circuit connected to the USB ground pin. An analog detection circuit may be used to detect when the radio device is connected to a particular (e.g., predetermined) type of antenna, such as a phased array antenna having a known number of phase angles (beam ports, TV) and antenna elements (antenna ports, M).
[000153] For example, the radio USB connection may be a digital circuit that uses only the connector Shell as Ground reference for the digital transmission on the USB connector. The dedicated Ground pins (pin4 on the antenna side/pin5 on the radio side, in the example above) may be used by the radio to detect a predetermined antenna type. In some variations the radio includes an antenna detection circuit that allows the detection of the antenna (e.g., phased array antenna) and gives feedback back to radio (e.g., software controlling the radio and/or antenna) that the radio has been connected to a predetennined type of phased array antenna. The predetermined type of antenna may include, for example, phased array antennas having a particular number of antenna (radiating) elements and/or predetermined steering angles, predetermined bandwidth(s), or the like.
[000154] In general, a detection circuit may be an analog detection circuit that is operatively connected to the dedicated ground pins of the USB port(s). For example, an antenna detection circuit (or "sensing" circuit) may use two (or more) comparators that have reference voltages, and a tight tolerance resistive divider. See, e.g., FIG. 12A, showing one example of a sensing circuit. On the antenna, a signal from the dedicated ground pin of the USB port (Pin4) may be used as the resistor value detection to ground to complete the circuit. As shown in FIG. 12A, the inputs from the USB Ground may be compared to determine the identity of the antenna. On the antenna side, a predetermined type of antenna may have the ground pin of the USB (pin 4) set to a particular value that is different from the value that another type of antenna has, and that is different from a 'normal' USB ground value that all other
(e.g., non-predetermined) antennas may have. For example, a first type of phased array antenna having six RF paths with both horizontal and vertical polarization (for a total of 12 paths) that operates at a particular frequency band, e.g., within a 5GHz bandwidth, may have the ground pin of the USB (pin 4) at (or set to) a first voltage value, and a second type of phased array antenna having eight RF paths with both horizontal and vertical polarization (for a total of 16) that operates at a second frequency band, e.g., also within a 5GHz bandwidth, may have the ground pin of the USB (pin 4) at (or set to) a second voltage value. As shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B, the sensing detection circuit may use the value of the USB ground pin (Pin4) on the antenna to determine which of four possibilities for the connection to the antenna are present: default, first type of phased array antenna (beam board 1), second type of phased array antenna (beam board 2), or non-beam board antenna. Although the sensing/detecting circuit shown in FIG. 12A includes only two binary digits (e.g., four possibilities), the circuit may include additional "digits" and therefore additional numbers of predetermined antenna types. In this example, the antenna sensing/detection circuit is an analog circuit that provides a digital output to the radio and indicates the type of antenna to which it is connected, and therefore may help the device automatically configure for transmission/reception using the antenna. This information may also be provided to a user or to a remote device to control and/or modify operation of the antenna and/or radio. Thus, in general, the radio device uses the dedicated USB ground signal (USB_GND) from the antenna using the USB cable connection and comparators sense the voltage and report the result. As mentioned, the detected antenna information may be reported via output to a GPIO digital signal on a host CPU.
[000155] In variations in which the radio controls the operation of the phased array antenna, the radio (or a processor/remote CPU, user, etc. operating through the radio) may control the operation of the antenna. For example, in a phased array antenna in which a lens is used for beam shaping (steering), the lens board may use several digital electronic ICs, and RF active parts to control the operation of the antenna, including switching the beam ports and thereby steering the antenna. In some variations this control information may be transmitted using the USB connection between the radio and the antenna, and data such as antenna control data, may be transmitted from the USB connection as well as power for powering the antenna. Thus, an antenna may receive power from a USB connector, such as power in from the USB connector provided by the radio, e.g., between about 4.2 to 5VDC. The antenna may also be controlled (e.g., steered) using control information from the USB connection. For example, shift registers may be used to decode a serial stream of data from and convert it to parallel data, which is then fed to an RF switch matrix to select the correct RF beam on the electronic lens for beamforming (e.g., RF lens). This is shown in overview in FIG. 13. In this example, the antenna receives power and data from the radio, including from the USB connection. Data from the USB connection may be used to control the beamforming as mentioned above, by controlling the phase angle select switch that selects between the plurality of beam ports to select the predetermined phase angle and thereby steer the beam. In FIG. 13, the RF switch matrix determines which of the beam ports to feed particular information on so that the antenna directs this information properly in space. In some variations, this circuitry is included as part of the lens circuitry on the antenna, as mentioned above.
[000156] FIGS. 14A-14M show an example of one method of connecting, configuring and aligning a phased array antenna having a separate RF radio element. In this example, the phased array antenna is configured as a phased array base station antenna for point-to-multipoint linking. The phased array antenna (without the radio) in this example has dimensions of approximately 356 x 568 x 254 mm (14.02 x 22.36 x 10 inches), weighs about 6 kg (13.23 lb.) and is formed of primarily (e.g., the housing) of injection molded polycarbonate and die cast aluminum. The apparatus shown may have a frequency range of between about 5.1-5.9 GHz and a beamwidth of approximately 18° (with an electrical downtilt of 4°).
[000157] In this example, the RF radio is separate from the integrated phased array antenna, and is connected to the antenna as shown in FIGS. 14A- 14H. The phased array antenna apparatus shown is similar to the variation illustrated in FIGS. 10A-F and 11, and includes a UBB port, a horizontal RF connector and a vertical RF connector, a radio mounting bracket and a cover or shroud for the RF radio once mounted to the antenna, and mounting elements for mounting the antenna to a pole or surface. In FIG. 14A, the RF radio device (shown in this example as a Ubiqiuti™ Rocket M5 AC radio, though any other appropriate transceiver may be used) is prepared for connecting to the phased array antenna by removing a cover on the radio to expose the Ethernet connector and USB port. In FIG. 14B, the Ethernet connection may be connected to an Ethernet cable. A USB cable may then be connected to the USB port, as shown in FIG. 14C, and the cover replaced over the radio device. In the example RF radio shown, the radio includes a pair of RF connectors (e.g., horizontal component connection and vertical component connection). In FIG. 14D, the connectors may be connected to RF cables.
[000158] In FIG. 14E, the USB cable connected at one end to the radio device may then be connected to the antenna's USB (e.g., USB Type A) connector on the back of the antenna. Thereafter, the radio device may be mounted to the back of the antenna using the radio mounting brackets, as shown in FIG. 14F, in which the radio device is slid down into the mounting bracket until locked into place. In FIG. 14G, the other ends of the RF cables (the vertical and horizontal and/or chain 1 and Chain 0) are then connected to the connectors on the back of the antenna, and a cover (e.g., shroud) may then be positioned over the radio and locked into place, covering the connections and cables. The cover may include a seal to prevent exposure to the elements (e.g., water, etc.). As described above, connecting the radio to the antenna may also initiate or trigger detection (e.g., by the radio and/or antenna) that the connection has been made, and further, provide information to the radio device about what type of antenna the radio has been connected to, as discussed above in reference to FIGS. 12A and 12B. The radio may then configure itself for transmission on and control of the phased array antenna.
[000159] As shown in FIGS. 14H to 14M, the phased array antenna apparatus (including the radio) may be mounted to a pole, wall, tree, or any other structure or surface. For example, in FIG. 14H, U-brackets may be attached to the back of the antenna housing and secured by mounting lugs, as shown. When mounting to a pole, pole mounts may be attached to the brackets, as shown in FIGS. 14J. Pole clamps may then be attached (shown in FIG. 14K) to the U-brackets and secured. Thereafter the mounting assembly may be attached to a pole, as illustrated in FIG. 14L. For example, the pole clamps may be locked onto the mounting and tightened down by bolts. In this example, the mounting assembly is configured to mount to a 38-47 mm diameter pole, but the mounts may be modified to fit any appropriate pole/surface as necessary.
[000160] Once mounted, the antenna may be adjusted ("aligned") to set the elevation and the azimuthal field of view. Since the device may be electrically steered, precise alignment may not be necessary, however adjustments may be made as shown in FIG. 14M. For example, the mounts may be adjusted to increase or decrease the tilt (elevation adjustment), and bolts may be used to tighten/clamp the device once the desired tilt is selected.
MANAGING AN ARRAY OF ANTENNAE
[000161] Any of the apparatuses (systems and devices) described herein may be used as part of a wireless network. Thus, described herein are wireless networks and methods and systems for managing them. Also described herein are methods and systems for managing an array of directional antennae (e.g., as a single antenna).
[000162] For example, described herein are methods and systems that may address the problem of managing an array of antennae operating as a single AP by determining the most suitable antenna from the array of
antennae for a respective end device under the coverage of the AP and designating that antenna for communication between the AP and the end device. These techniques may also be adapted to determine steering angles for steering a single (or group of) phased array antennas.
[000163] An end device can be any device in wireless communication with the AP (e.g., a computer, cell phone, and tablet). The AP can periodically generate training packet for a respective antenna and transmit that packet via the corresponding antenna (or via a respective antenna in the array of antennae) to the end devices under the coverage of the antenna. Upon receiving the packet, a respective end device generates a response packet comprising priority values of one or more criteria of antenna association (e.g., signal strength) for a respective antenna and transmits the packet back to the AP. Based on the priority values, the AP designates the most suitable antenna of the array for the end device, thereby becomes trained for that end device.
[000164] For example, the priority value can be the measured signal strength of a respective antenna at the end device if the criterion is the signal strength of the AP. An end device uses the response packets to notify the AP regarding the measured signal strength of a respective antenna at the end device. The AP then designates the antenna that has the most desirable measured signal strength value for subsequent communication with that end device. Examples of other criteria include, but are not limited to, packet error rate and a modulation scheme. If packet error rate is the criterion, the number of training packets successfully received by an end device can be the corresponding antenna association information, and the priority value is the response packets can be a packet number.
[000165] FIG. 15A illustrates an exemplary array of antennae operating as an AP, in accordance with one embodiment. In this example, in a wireless network 100, an AP 1 10 includes an array of directional antennae, comprising antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 116. Externally, antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 appear as one single AP 1 10 (e.g., use the same AP identifier). Horizontal beamwidths of antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 are 122, 124, and 126, respectively. Beamwidths 122, 124, and 126 are overlapping with each other and together these beamwidths create beamwidth 120 for AP 1 10. In this way, antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 116 together facilitate the coverage provided by AP 1 10 via beamwidth 120, thereby operating as a single AP 1 10. Beamwidths 122, 124, and 126 can be different from each other (e.g., antennae 1 12, 114, and 1 16 can have different radiation patterns). In some embodiments, antennae 112, 114, and 1 16 provide Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) support (e.g., support for IEEE 802.11η standard) to AP 1 10.
[000166] Note that, antennae 112, 1 14, and 1 16 operating as a single AP 1 10 is different from an AP having a plurality of sector antennae. A sector antenna typically creates a sector-shaped service area where the antenna provides wireless services. In contrast, antennae 1 12, 114, and 1 16 is managed together to operate in conjunction with each other and create a single service area indicated by beamwidth 120. End devices in that service area are provided wireless service by AP 1 10 via one or more of antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16.
[000167] Because antennae 1 12, 114, and 116 have individual coverage areas (represented by their respective beamwidths), for antennae 112, 114, and 1 16 to externally appear as a single AP, these antennae have to be managed together. Suppose that a number of end devices 132, 134, 136, and 138 are under the coverage of AP
1 10. Physically, these end devices can be covered by different antennae. For example, even though end devices
132 and 134 consider themselves under the coverage of AP 110, end devices 132 and 134 are physically under the coverage of antennae 1 12 and 1 14, respectively.
[000168] To solve this problem, AP 1 10 can periodically generate training packet for a respective antenna and transmit that packet via the corresponding antenna. This training packet includes an antenna identifier of
antenna that corresponding antenna. In some embodiments, a training packet is a multi-destination packet (e.g., a broadcast packet). A respective antenna can simply transmit this multi-destination packet periodically and a respective end device within the coverage of the antenna can receive the packet. For example, AP 1 10 can generate a training packet for antenna 112, include an identifier of antenna 112 in the training packet, and periodically transmit the packet via antenna 112. The training packet is received by a respective end device within the coverage of antenna 1 12 (e.g., end devices 132 and 138). Similarly, AP 1 10 periodically generates training packets for antennae 1 14 and 1 16, includes identifiers of antennae 1 14 and 116 in the corresponding packet, and transmits the corresponding packet via antennae 1 14 and 1 16, respectively.
[000169] Upon receiving the packet, a respective end device generates a response packet. For example, end device 138 receives a training packet via antenna 1 12, which includes an antenna identifier of identifier 1 12. Upon receiving the training packet, end device 138 generates a response packet comprising priority values of one or more criteria which indicates end device 138's association with antenna 112. Similarly, end device 138 also receives a training packet via antenna 114, which includes an antenna identifier of identifier 1 14. Upon receiving the training packet, end device 138 generates a response packet comprising priority values of one or more criteria which indicates end device 138's association with antenna 1 14.
[000170] The priority value can be the measured signal strength of antenna 1 12 at end device 138 if the criterion is the signal strength. In the response packet, end device 138 includes the identifier of antenna 1 12 and the signal strength of antenna 1 12 measured at end device 138, and transmits the packet to AP 110. Similarly, in response to the training packet from antenna 114, end device 138 measures signal strength of antenna 114 at end device 1 12. In the response packet, end device 138 includes the identifier of antenna 1 14 and the signal strength of antenna 1 14 measured at end device 138, and transmits the packet to AP 1 10.
[000171] AP 1 10 receives the response packets for antennae 112 and 1 14, extracts the respective measured signal strengths form the respective packets, and determines which of antennae 1 12 and 1 14 has better measured signal strength at end device 138. In some embodiments, AP 1 10 extracts the measured the signal strength (or any other priority values associated with any other criteria) from a plurality response packets over a period of time and designates an antenna for end device 138 based on current and historical values (e.g., via a running average). Suppose that antenna 1 12 has better measured signal strength at end device 138. AP 110 then assigns antenna 1 12 for data communication between AP 110 and end device 138, thereby training AP 1 10 for designating an antenna from the array of antennae for end device 138. Antenna 1 12 can then be referred to as the designated antenna for end device 138.
[000172] In the same way, AP 110 uses training packers to determine antenna 1 12, 114, and 1 16 to be the designated antennae for communicating with end devices 132, 134, and 136, respectively. This way of training an AP for designating an antenna for an end device based on actively receiving response packet can be referred to as active learning. Once AP 1 10 is trained for an end device, AP 1 10 uses the designated antenna to communicate with the end device. Communication from AP 1 10 to the end device can be referred to as downstream communication, and communication from the end device to AP 1 10 can be referred to as upstream communication.
[000173] In some embodiments, AP 110 continues to periodically transmit training packets even when all end devices in the coverage of AP 1 10 has a designated antenna. If an end device moves into the coverage of AP 1 10, the priority values associated with the end device can change. As a result, via the continuous transmission of training packets, AP 1 10 can be retrained and select a different designated antenna for the end device. Furthermore, when a new end device moves into the coverage of AP 1 10, this new end device receives the training packets and sends corresponding respond packets back. This allows AP 1 10 to designate an antenna for the new end device.
[000174] Radiation from a respective antenna in AP 1 10 can have a vertical polarity and a horizontal polarity. The horizontal and vertical polarities indicate the orientation of the electric field of the radio wave generated by the antenna. In this way, antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 can have a combination of six orientations at which AP 110 can radiate radio waves. When AP 110 designates an antenna to an end device, AP 1 10 can use both horizontal and vertical polarizations of the antenna to communicate with the end device.
[000175] In some embodiments, AP 1 10 can use one or more of vertical and horizontal polarizations of any of antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 to communicate with an end device. Under such a scenario, AP 110 assigns an identifier to a respective polarization of a respective antenna. When AP 110 sends training packet via a respective polarization of antennae 1 12, 114, and 1 16, AP 110 includes the identifier of that polarization in the corresponding training packet. Upon receiving response packets for the corresponding polarization, AP 1 10 designates one or more of the vertical and horizontal polarizations of any of antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 to an end device. For example, based on the training, AP 1 10 can designate antenna 1 12's radio wave with horizontal polarization for communicating with end device 132. In another example, AP 1 10 can designate antenna 112's radio wave with vertical polarization and antenna 114's radio wave with horizontal polarization for communicating with end device 138. In further embodiments, for a particular end device, AP 1 10 may use two antennas simultaneously, one with horizontal polarization and the other with vertical polarization. Such configuration could be useful in indoors applications because obstacles (such as walls and ceilings) often respond differently to different polarizations, and using one antenna with horizontal polarization in one direction and another antenna with vertical polarization in another direction could be the most effective way of communicating with an end device.
[000176] In some embodiments, AP 1 10 uses contention-based medium sharing scheme which requires each end device to contend for bandwidth from AP 110 (e.g., to obtain permission for transmission to/from AP 1 10) and send acknowledgement for each received packet. A contention-based medium sharing scheme can be based on Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.1 1 family of standards. Under such a scenario, AP 110 sends individual training packet to end devices 132, 134, 136, and 138. Upon receiving the packet, a respective end device sends an acknowledgement back to AP 1 10. AP 110 measures the priority values associated with the one or more criteria based on the acknowledgement.
[000177] If the criterion is signal strength, AP 110 measures the signal strength of a respective received acknowledgement packet and determines the designated antenna based on the measured signal strength values for a respective end device. For example, AP 1 10 measures the signal strength of the acknowledgement packets from end device 138. AP 1 10 can measure the signal strength (or any other priority values associated with any other criteria) for a plurality of acknowledgement packets over a period of time. Suppose that AP 1 10 determines that the signal strength of the received acknowledgement packets from end device 138 via antenna 1 14 is the strongest. In response, AP 1 10 designates antenna 1 14 for communicating with end device 138. This way of training an AP for designating an antenna for an end device based on receiving wireless acknowledgement can be referred to as passive learning.
[000178] In some embodiments, AP 1 10 can be managed by a remote system. FIG. 15B illustrates an exemplary system managing an array of antennae operating as an AP. In this example, system 150 (e.g., a computing system) is coupled to AP 110 via one or more wired and/or wireless link. System 150 can locally generate training packets, and send the training packets to AP 110, or can instruct AP 1 10 to generate the training packets. Upon receiving the response packets, AP 1 10 can send the response packets to system 150, which in turn extracts the priority values from the response packets, and designates an antenna for a respective end device. AP
110 also can extract the priority values from the received response packets and send the extracted priority values to system 150, which in turn designates an antenna for a respective end device.
[000179] In the example in FIG. 15A, to send a multi-destination packet across beamwidth of 120, AP 1 10 sends the packet via antennae 112, 1 14, and 1 16. To solve this problem, the array of antennae in AP 110 can include a broadcast antenna. FIG. 15C illustrates an exemplary an array of antennae, which includes a broadcast antenna, operating as an AP. In this example, AP 110 includes a broadcast antenna 1 18 with a beamwidth 128, which fully overlaps with beamwidth 120. If AP 110 needs to send a multi-destination packet (e.g., a broadcast, a multicast, or an unknown unicast packet), instead of sending the packet individually via antennae 1 12, 114, and 1 16, AP 1 10 transmits the packet via antenna 118 to end devices 132, 134, 136, and 138. Furthermore, when AP 1 10 has not been trained for an end device (e.g., a new end device has moved into the coverage of AP 110), AP 110 can use antenna 118 to communicate with that end device.
[000180] FIG. 15D illustrates an exemplary an array of antennae, which includes a virtual broadcast antenna, operating as an AP. In this example, AP 1 10 includes a virtual broadcast antenna 160, which is logically coupled to antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16. If AP 1 10 needs to send a multi-destination packet, AP 110 sends the packet to virtual broadcast antenna 160. As a result, the corresponding radio frequency (RF) signal is sent to antennae 112, 1 14, and 1 16. In turn, each of antennae 1 12, 1 14, and 1 16 transmits the packet in its corresponding coverage area. In this way, the packet is transmitted across beamwidth 120 toward end devices 132, 134, 136, and 138.
[000181] FIG. 16A presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of an AP actively learning antenna association of end devices. During operation, the AP constructs training packets comprising the corresponding antenna identifier for respective antenna (operation 202) and transmits the training packets via corresponding antenna of the AP (operation 204). In some embodiments, the training packets are multi-destination packets. The AP receives response packets corresponding to the training packets from respective end device (operation 206). The AP then extracts the corresponding antenna identifier and priority values of one or more criteria from received response packets (operation 208). For a respective received response packet, the AP identifies the antenna associated with the extracted priority values from the response packet based on the extracted antenna identifier (operation 210). This operation allows the AP to associate the priority values with the antenna for which an end device has determined the priority values. For a respective end device, the AP then determines the designated antenna based on the extracted the priority values (operation 212). In some embodiments, the AP extracts the priority values from a plurality response packets over a period of time and designates an antenna for an end device based on current and historical values (e.g., via a running average).
[000182] FIG. 16B presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of an end device facilitating active learning of antenna association. During operation, the end device receives a training packet comprising antenna identifier from an AP (operation 254) and determines the priority values of one or more criteria (operation 254). The end device then constructs a response packet for corresponding antenna comprising the antenna identifier and the determined priority values (operation 256) and transmits the response packet to the AP (operation 258). In some embodiments, the end device transmits the response packet to the antenna associated with the antenna identifier. Examples of a criterion include, but are not limited to, signal strength, packer error rate, and a modulation scheme. Examples of a priority value include, but are not limited to, measured signal strength at an end device, a packet identifier, and the bit error rate associated with a modulation scheme.
[000183] In some embodiments, an AP uses contention-based medium sharing scheme which requires each end device to contend for bandwidth from the AP (e.g., to obtain permission for transmission to/from the AP) and send acknowledgement for each received packet. In some embodiments, an FIG. 17 presents a flowchart illustrating
an exemplary process of an AP passively learning antenna association of end devices. During operation, the AP constructs a training packet for a respective antenna comprising the corresponding antenna identifier for a respective end device (operation 302). The AP then transmits the training packet via the corresponding antenna (i.e., the antenna associated with the antenna identifier) of the AP to the corresponding end device (i.e., the end device for which the training packet is intended for) (operation 304). The AP receives a wireless acknowledgement from the corresponding end device for the corresponding training packet (operation 306). In some embodiments, the wireless acknowledgement is based on the IEEE 802.1 1 family of standards. For the corresponding end device, the AP determines the priority values of one or more criteria for the corresponding antenna based on the received acknowledgement (operation 308) and determines the designated antenna based on determined priority values (operation 310). In some embodiments, the AP determines the priority values from a plurality acknowledgement packets over a period of time and designates an antenna for an end device based on current and historical values (e.g., via a running average).
[000184] FIG. 18 presents an exemplary TDMA channel access method of an AP. The AP divides its communication time into a plurality of timeframes 402 and 404. A respective timeframe includes an upstream part and a downstream part. For example, timeframe 402 includes an upstream part 412 and a downstream part 414, and timeframe 404 includes an upstream part 416 and a downstream part 418.
[000185] The AP divides the downstream part of a timeframe into timeslots among the end devices under its coverage. In some embodiments, the timeslots of downstream part 412 are not equal and can be based on the bandwidth requirement and/or provisioning of an end device. If the AP has four end devices under its coverage, as described in conjunction with FIG. 15 A, the AP divides upstream part 412 into four timeslots 422, 424, 426, and
428, and allocate a timeslot for a corresponding end device. The AP transmits downstream packets to an end device during its allocated timeslot.
[000186] The AP divides the upstream part of a timeframe into a dedicated part 452 and a common part 454. The AP further divides dedicated part 452 into timeslots among the end devices under its coverage. In some embodiments, timeslots of dedicated part 452 are not equal and can be based on the bandwidth requirement and/or provisioning of an end device. If the AP has four end devices under its coverage, as described in conjunction with FIG. 15A, the AP divides dedicated part 452 into four timeslots 432, 434, 436, and 438, and allocate a timeslot for a respective end device with more packets than a threshold. The end device transmits upstream packets to the AP during its allocated timeslot. If an end device does not have more packets than a threshold, the end device contend with other end devices under the coverage of the AP during common part 454 and transmits the packet to the AP if the end device is allowed to transmit based on the contention. In some embodiments, the contention is based on IEEE 802.1 1 family of standards. Note that the end devices with downstream timeslots can also contend during common part 454.
[000187] FIG. 19A presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary downstream transmission process of an AP. During operation, the AP receives a data packet for an end device (operation 502) and determines for the packet the next available downstream timeslot associated with the end device (operation 504). The AP then checks whether the AP has been trained for the end device (operation 506). If the AP has been trained for the end device, the AP selects the designated antenna associated with the end device (operation 512) and transmits the packet via the designated antenna during the determined timeslot (operation 514). Otherwise, the AP transmits the packet via a physical/virtual broadcast antenna during the determined timeslot (operation 516), as described in conjunction with FIGS. 15C and 15D. This allows the AP to transmit packets to an end device for which the AP has not been trained for an antenna association (e.g., when a new end device comes under the coverage of the AP).
[000188] FIG. 19B presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary upstream reception process of an AP based on dedicated timeslots. During operation, the AP initiates dedicated upstream part of current timeframe (operation 532) and determines a timeslot for a respective end device with more packets than a threshold (operation 534). An end device can notify the AP regarding the number of packets (or the amount of data) to be transmitted to the AP (e.g., via piggybacking or messaging). The AP then checks whether the AP has been trained for the corresponding end device (operation 536). If the AP has been trained for the corresponding end device, the AP selects the designated antenna associated with the end device (operation 542) and listens for a packet via the designated antenna during the determined timeslot (operation 544). Otherwise, the AP listens for a packet via a physical/virtual broadcast antenna during the determined timeslot (operation 546). In this way, the AP can receive a packet from an end device for which the AP has not been trained for an antenna association (e.g., when a new end device comes under the coverage of the AP).
[000189] FIG. 19C presents a flowchart illustrating an exemplary upstream transmission process of an end device. During operation, the end device generates an upstream data packet (operation 552) and checks whether the end device has more data packets than a threshold (operation 554). If so, the end device determines the next available upstream timeslot associated with end device for the packet (operation 556) and transmits the packet during determined timeslot (operation 558). Otherwise, the end device contends for upstream transmission time during the common upstream time (operation 560) and checks for obtained transmission time via contention (operation 562). If the end device has obtained transmission time via contention, the end device transmits the packet during obtained time via contention (operation 564). Otherwise, the end device waits for the upstream part of the next timeframe (operation 566).
EXEMPLARY AP SYSTEM
[000190] FIG. 20 illustrates an exemplary AP system that comprises an array of antennae operating as the AP system. In this example, an AP system 600 includes a processor 602, a memory 604, and a communication module 606, which can include a radio transceiver and an array of antennae (not shown). Communication module 606 communicates with a respective end device, as described in conjunction with FIGS. 19A and 19B.
[000191] Also included in AP system are a training module 608, a channel access module 610, and a contention module 612. During operation, training module 608 trains a respective end device for designating an antenna from the array of antennae for the end device, as described in conjunction with FIGS. 16A and 3. Channel access module 610 facilitates channel access to end devices, as described in conjunction with FIG. 18. Contention module 612 facilitates contention-based channel access, as described in conjunction with FIGS. 17 and 18.
[000192] FIG. 8A illustrates an exemplary antenna array, and FIG. 8B presents a perspective view of this antenna array. In this example, an antenna system 800 includes an array of antenna elements 804 which are placed on a housing 801. Note that during normal operation housing 801 may also include a cover which protects antenna elements 804 from the elements of weather. Housing 801 also includes a pair of flares 802, which are made from metal and extend at an angle. Flares 802 improve rejection of noise from directions that are not useful for antenna system 800, such as from behind or on the sides of antenna system 800.
[000193] In one embodiment, antenna element array 804 may include a number of columns of antenna elements. One column (for example, the right-most column) can be used to transmit omni-directional signals (i.e., the signals are transmitted through these elements in a pass-through mode). The rest of the columns of antenna elements are used to generate directional beam transmission based on phase change introduced to the signal path to each antenna elements. In one embodiment, a subset of the antenna elements are used for transmission of
horizontally polarized signals and phase manipulation is used to achieve different beam directions for such horizontally polarized signals, as a result of interference of signals transmitted by these antenna elements. Similarly, another subset of the antenna elements is used for transmission of vertically polarized signals in various directions.
[000194] In one embodiment, antenna system 800 can also include a signal processing module which is responsible for distributing the signals to antenna elements 804 and facilitating appropriate phase changes to the signals to achieve the desired beam directions.
[000195] As mentioned above, a phased array antenna (as illustrated in FIGS. 1 A-3E above) is another example of an AP system that comprises an array of antennae elements that can be operated as the AP system described above. In this example, the AP system includes a processor, a memory, and a communication module, which can include a radio transceiver and an array of antennae (the phased array antenna). A communication module communicates with the various devices to which the phased array antenna is aimed. FIG. 22 is another example of a system 2201 of a phase-shifted set of antennas that may be operated as described herein; in this example, a plurality of antennas 2203 each receive phase-shifted input 2207 that is delayed 2205 in a predetermined manner. The inputs 2209, 221 1 may be from a single radio device (e.g., having a vertical and horizontal polarization.
[000196] Similarly, the array of antennas may be an array of sector antennas, as illustrated in FIG. 21. In this example three sector antennas 2105, 2105', 2105" are connected to a single radio device 2101 through a switch 2103. The system may be controlled as described above to operate as an AP system.
[000197] The methods and processes described in the detailed description section can be embodied as code and/or data, which can be stored in a computer-readable storage device as described above. When a computer system reads and executes the code and/or data stored on the computer-readable storage device, the computer system performs the methods and processes embodied as data structures and code and stored within the computer- readable storage medium.
[000198] Furthermore, methods and processes described herein can be included in hardware modules or apparatus. These modules or apparatus may include, but are not limited to, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) chip, a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a dedicated or shared processor that executes a particular software module or a piece of code at a particular time, and/or other programmable-logic devices now known or later developed. When the hardware modules or apparatus are activated, they perform the methods and processes included within them.
[000199] In some variations of the phased array antenna devices (such as those configured to operate as access points) described herein, the apparatus may include a plurality of antenna emitting elements such as those shown in FIG. 6B, but RF beam forming may be performed using a plurality of phase shifting elements, as shown in FIG. 22. As discussed above, a controller may select the phase angles to set the phase shifting elements to steer the beam (e.g., select a directional beam) from the device. Such a configuration may be particularly helpful when TDMA is used in which the apparatus can assign each of a plurality of station devices that communicate with the access point (and particularly stationary access points) a directional beam (as described above, e.g., by transmitting training packets and receiving response packets). The methods described herein permit training with relatively low overhead demands, as training packets don't have to be transmitted very often. Any of these methods may also allow the access point apparatus to associate multiple directional beams to the same antenna, including one for receiving data from the station at the AP (uplink directional beam) and transmitting data to the station from the AP (downlink directional beam). In addition, any of the systems described herein may also be configured for operation as MI O
(multiuser MIMO) systems; for example, both horizontal and vertical polarizations may be used for
transmission/reception between the AP and a station.
[000200] In the apparatuses and devices described herein, assigning a directional beam to a station may be done iteratively, particularly in variations in which a phase shifting array is used to form the directional beam(s). Any of these systems may have a large number of possible directions (e.g., phase angles) for the beamforming, based on the signals sent to each of the phase shift elements in the array of phase shifters. Thus, in some variations, an iterative process of selecting an initial range of directional beams that are broadly separated (e.g., five directional beams, extending between -45 and +45) may be initially used. When information received from one or more response packet specific to a device indicates the "best" directional beam (e.g., based on the criteria for directional beam selection described above), a second (or more) round of training packets may be sent out over a narrower range of directional beams, e.g., if the best response packet corresponded to the -22.5 directional beam, then the next five training packets may be between -32.5 and -12.5. This process may be repeated again for each station, either separately for each station or as a group for some of the stations. Thus, the assignment of directional beams to specific target devices may be fine-tuned.
[000201] As mentioned above, e.g., in reference to the response packets described herein typically refer to a particular directional beam, station, and one or more criteria for directional beam selection. For example, a criteria for selecting the directional beam (the "goodness" of a particular directional beam) may include information such as the CINR, or carrier to interference noise ratio. This information may indicate an interferer that is relevant only in one direction (e.g., upstream transmission) and may therefore allow the selection of different upstream and downstream directional beams, as described above.
[000202] For example, an AP apparatus may send out a common training packet (e.g., from each directional beam or from a broadband beam spanning all or most beam angles) during beam training. CINR may be included as part of the information transmitted. For example, an AP may be using a specific beam combination (e.g., the AP could get a reading for Tx and Rx for each station device, including the CINR). An interfere may be present in a given direction, e.g., from nearby beams that are close (but not too far away) that the system may want to avoid. A beam training packet (e.g., broadcast packet) may be used to minimize the link capacity for learning packets. The AP may assign a special slot to send back beam training packets during operation. For downlink there may not be a special slot when, e.g., a general training packet is broadcast to all stations. There may be contention in the uplink, because there may be multiple stations, which can't be 'heard' by the AP at the same time. The AP may assign slots (e.g., uplink/downlink time slots) dynamically and based on requirement, rather than dedicating a slot to each station, in order to enhance efficiency, so that only those stations that have a need to transmit to the AP above a threshold value (or other otherwise prioritized) may be assigned a predetermined slot. In the contention period (or common period), the AP may receive signal from any of the stations, those that did not require a dedicated slot of time or needed slightly more time than permitted by the assigned slot. The AP may therefor dedicate a training slot to send CINR training packet, so as to avoid collision. When the AP provides CINR training slots, so that the AP will listen on a particular beam, the CINR may be transmitted and used to determine assignment of directional beams and/or rate of transfer information. For example, CINR may be encoded in one bit, so that each station has a time-series value for CINR; once the AP puts a beam dimension to the CINR training value, it may bin this according to the directional beam, and it can be sorted based on CINR (e.g., beam and time). Adding another dimension (beam) and each beam will have a time series of CINR values). Thus, the use of CINR values, either as part of the training packet or as part of a separate packet may enhance the determination of the directional beam for each station.
[000203] The foregoing descriptions of various embodiments have been presented only for purposes of illustration and description. They are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the present invention to the forms disclosed. Accordingly, many modifications and variations will be apparent to practitioners skilled in the art. Additionally, the above disclosure is not intended to limit the present invention.
[000204] When a feature or element is herein referred to as being "on" another feature or element, it can be directly on the other feature or element or intervening features and/or elements may also be present. In contrast, when a feature or element is referred to as being "directly on" another feature or element, there are no intervening features or elements present. It will also be understood that, when a feature or element is referred to as being "connected", "attached" or "coupled" to another feature or element, it can be directly connected, attached or coupled to the other feature or element or intervening features or elements may be present. In contrast, when a feature or element is referred to as being "directly connected", "directly attached" or "directly coupled" to another feature or element, there are no intervening features or elements present. Although described or shown with respect to one embodiment, the features and elements so described or shown can apply to other embodiments. It will also be appreciated by those of skill in the art that references to a structure or feature that is disposed "adjacent" another feature may have portions that overlap or underlie the adjacent feature.
[000205] Terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting of the invention. For example, as used herein, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will be further understood that the terms "comprises" and/or "comprising," when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. As used herein, the term "and/or" includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items and may be abbreviated as "/".
[000206] Spatially relative terms, such as "under", "below", "lower", "over", "upper" and the like, may be used herein for ease of description to describe one element or feature's relationship to another element(s) or feature(s) as illustrated in the figures. It will be understood that the spatially relative terms are intended to encompass different orientations of the device in use or operation in addition to the orientation depicted in the figures. For example, if a device in the figures is inverted, elements described as "under" or "beneath" other elements or features would then be oriented "over" the other elements or features. Thus, the exemplary term "under" can encompass both an orientation of over and under. The device may be otherwise oriented (rotated 90 degrees or at other orientations) and the spatially relative descriptors used herein interpreted accordingly. Similarly, the terms "upwardly", "downwardly", "vertical", "horizontal" and the like are used herein for the purpose of explanation only unless specifically indicated otherwise.
[000207] Although the terms "first" and "second" may be used herein to describe various features/elements, these features/elements should not be limited by these terms, unless the context indicates otherwise. These terms may be used to distinguish one feature/element from another feature/element. Thus, a first feature/element discussed below could be termed a second feature/element, and similarly, a second feature/element discussed below could be termed a first feature/element without departing from the teachings of the present invention.
[000208] As used herein in the specification and claims, including as used in the examples and unless otherwise expressly specified, all numbers may be read as if prefaced by the word "about" or "approximately," even if the term does not expressly appear. The phrase "about" or "approximately" may be used when describing
magnitude and/or position to indicate that the value and/or position described is within a reasonable expected range of values and/or positions. For example, a numeric value may have a value that is +/- 0.1% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 1% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 2% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 5% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 10% of the stated value (or range of values), etc. Any numerical range recited herein is intended to include all sub-ranges subsumed therein.
[000209] Although various illustrative embodiments are described above, any of a number of changes may be made to various embodiments without departing from the scope of the invention as described by the claims. For example, the order in which various described method steps are performed may often be changed in alternative embodiments, and in other alternative embodiments one or more method steps may be skipped altogether. Optional features of various device and system embodiments may be included in some embodiments and not in others.
Therefore, the foregoing description is provided primarily for exemplary purposes and should not be interpreted to limit the scope of the invention as it is set forth in the claims.
[000210] The examples and illustrations included herein show, by way of illustration and not of limitation, specific embodiments in which the subject matter may be practiced. As mentioned, other embodiments may be utilized and derived there from, such that structural and logical substitutions and changes may be made without departing from the scope of this disclosure. Such embodiments of the inventive subject matter may be referred to herein individually or collectively by the term "invention" merely for convenience and without intending to voluntarily limit the scope of this application to any single invention or inventive concept, if more than one is, in fact, disclosed. Thus, although specific embodiments have been illustrated and described herein, any arrangement calculated to achieve the same purpose may be substituted for the specific embodiments shown. This disclosure is intended to cover any and all adaptations or variations of various embodiments. Combinations of the above embodiments, and other embodiments not specifically described herein, will be apparent to those of skill in the art upon reviewing the above description.
Claims
1. A method of operating an access point in a wireless network, wherein the access point is configured to operate a plurality of directional beams, the method comprising:
transmitting a training packet for each of the plurality of directional beams of the access point, wherein each training packet includes an identifier specific to the directional beam transmitting the training packet;
receiving at the access point, in response to the training packet, a response packet from a station device, wherein the response packet includes the identifier specific to the directional beam transmitting the training packet and a priority value associated with one or more criteria for directional beam selection;
designating a directional beam from the plurality of directional beams for communicating with the station device based on the priority value received in the response packet; and transmitting data between the access point and the station device using the directional beam designated for the station device to transmit data to the station device.
2. A method of operating an access point in a wireless network, wherein the access point is configured to operate a plurality of directional beams, the method comprising:
assigning one of the directional beams from the plurality of directional beams to a station device, by: transmitting a plurality of training packets, wherein each training packet identifies a directional beam and is transmitted using the identified directional beam; receiving a response packet from a station device, wherein the response packet identifies one of the directional beams of the plurality of directional beams and includes a priority value associated with one of the training packets; and designating the station device a directional beam based on the priority value; and transmitting data between the access point and the station device using the directional beam designated for the station device to transmit data to the station device.
3. The method of claims 1 or 2, further comprising assigning a directional beam from the plurality of
directional beams to a second station device.
4. The method of claims 1 or 2, further comprising assigning a directional beam from the plurality of
directional beams to a second station device; and transmitting data between the access point and the second station device using the directional beam assigned to the second station device.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein transmitting the training packet for each of the plurality of directional beams comprises transmitting the training packet less frequently than once every second.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein transmitting the training packet for each of the plurality of directional beams comprises transmitting the training packet less frequently than once every five seconds.
7. The method of claim 2, wherein the step of assigning one of the directional beams is performed less frequency than once every second.
8. The method of claim 2, wherein the step of assigning one of the directional beams is performed less frequency than once every five seconds.
9. The method of claim 1 or 2, further comprising transmitting data from the access point to the station device using the designated directional beam and receiving data at the access point from the station device using a second direction beam that is different from the designated directional beam.
10. The method of claim 1 or 2, further comprising designating a receive directional beam from the plurality of directional beams for receiving signals from the station device.
1 1. The method of claim 1 or 2, further comprising transmitting signals from the station device to the access point at a first rate using the directional beam designated for the station device during a first time period assigned to the station device and transmitting signals from the station device to the access point at a second, lower rate without using the directional beam designated for the station device during a second time period.
12. The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein transmitting data comprises transmitting data from one of a plurality of directional antennas forming the access point, wherein each directional antenna is associated with a directional beam from the plurality of directional beams.
13. The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein transmitting data comprises transmitting data from a phase array antenna forming the access point, wherein the phase array antenna phase array antenna comprises phase angles associated with directional beams from the plurality of directional beams.
14. The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein transmitting data comprises transmitting data from a phase array antenna at different phase angles wherein the phase array antenna includes a plurality of phase shifters configured to select the directional beams of the access point.
15. The method of claim 1 or 2, further comprising constructing the training packets in a processor of the access point.
16. The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein the priority value comprises an indicator of one or more of: signal strength; packet error rate; or a modulation scheme.
17. A method of operating an access point in a wireless network, wherein the access point is configured to operate a plurality of directional beams, the method comprising:
assigning each of a plurality of station devices one of the directional beams from the plurality of directional beams;
allocating upstream timeslots to each of the plurality of station device and allocating general upstream timeslots that are not associated with a single station device;
receiving data at a first rate at the access device from a station device of the plurality of station devices during an upstream timeslot allocated to the station device and using the directional beam assigned for the station device;
receiving data at a second data rate at the access device from a station device of the plurality of station devices during a second upstream timeslot that is a general upstream timeslot.
18. The method of claim 17, wherein the first rate has a different modulation scheme than the second rate.
19. The method of claim 17, wherein the first rate is higher than the second rate.
20. The method of claim 17, wherein receiving data at the second rate comprises using a directional beam that is different from the directional beam assigned to the station device.
21. The method of claim 17, further comprising allocating downstream timeslots to each of the plurality of stations devices and transmitting data at the first rate to a station device of the plurality of stations during a downstream timeslot allocated to the station device and using the directional beam assigned for the station device.
22. The method of claim 17, further comprising allocating downstream timeslots to each of the plurality of stations devices and transmitting data at the first rate to a station device of the plurality of stations during a downstream timeslot allocated to the station device and using the directional beam assigned for the station device.
23. A method of operating an access point in a wireless network, wherein the access point is configured to operate a plurality of directional beams, the method comprising:
assigning each of a plurality of station devices one of the directional beams from the plurality of directional beams as a downstream directional beam;
assigning each of a plurality of station devices one of the directional beams from the plurality of directional beams as an upstream directional beam;
transmitting data from the access point to a station device of the plurality of station devices using the downstream directional beam assigned to the station device; and
receiving data from a station device of the plurality of station using the upstream directional beam assigned for the station device.
24. A phased array antenna apparatus, the apparatus comprising:
a controller;
a radio frequency (RF) input connected to the controller;
a steering element having a plurality of antenna ports, wherein the steering element is connected to the RF input and to the controller and is configured to divide the RF input signal into a plurality of RF signals that are shifted relatively to each other for beamforming the RF input;
an array of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to one of the antenna ports; wherein the controller is configured to assign a station device a directional beam and to transmit data to the station device using the assigned directional beam, based on a response packet received from the station device in response to a training packet emitted by the array of antenna elements.
25. The apparatus of claim 24, wherein the steering element comprises a plurality of phase shifters, wherein each phase shifter is connected to the RF input and wherein the controller is configured to set a phase angle for each of the phase shifters.
26. The apparatus of claim 24, wherein the steering element comprises a lacunated lens.
27. The apparatus of claim 24, wherein the controller is configured to periodically transmit a training packet at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the training packet encodes an identifier of the directional beam.
28. The apparatus of claim 24, wherein the controller is configured to assign the directional beam to a station device based on the response packet received from the station device, wherein the response packet includes an identifier of a directional beam and a priority value associated with one of the training packets.
29. The apparatus of claim 24, further wherein the controller is configured to periodically transmit training packets at each of a plurality of directional beams.
30. The apparatus of claim 24, further wherein the controller is configured to periodically transmit training packets at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the period is less than once every minute.
31. The apparatus of claim 24, further wherein the controller is configured to periodically transmit training packets at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the period is less than once every five minutes.
32. The apparatus of claim 24, further wherein the controller is configured to receive data from the station device at a first rate using the assigned directional beam at a first window of time, and to receive data from the station device at a second, slower, rate when not using the assigned directional beam during a second window of time.
33. The apparatus of claim 24, wherein the controller is configured to allocate upstream timeslots to the station device and to allocate general upstream timeslots that are not allocated to the station device, and to receive data at a first rate from the station device devices during an upstream timeslot allocated to the station device using the assigned directional beam, and to receive data at a second data rate from the station device during a second upstream timeslot that is not allocated to the station device.
34. The device of claim 24, wherein the array of antenna elements is a flat array.
35. The device of claim 24, wherein each antenna element of the array of antenna elements comprises a line of emitting elements.
36. The device of claim 24, wherein each antenna element of the array of antenna elements comprises a line of disc-shaped emitting elements.
37. The device of claim 24, wherein the controller is configured to assign each of a plurality of station devices a directional beam based on a response packet received from each of the station devices in response to a training packet emitted by the array of antenna elements, and to transmit data to the station device using the assigned directional beam.
38. A phased array antenna apparatus, the apparatus comprising:
a controller;
a radio frequency (RF) input connected to the controller;
a plurality of phase shifters, wherein each phase shifter is connected to the RF input and wherein each phase shifter is connected to the controller;
a plurality of antenna ports wherein each antenna port is connected to a phase shifter;
an array of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to one of the antenna ports; wherein the controller is configured for beamforming the apparatus by setting a phase angle for each of the phase shifters to directional beams; and
wherein the controller is configured to assign a station device a directional beam and to transmit data to the station device using the assigned directional beam, based on a response packet received from the station device in response to a training packet emitted by the array of antenna elements.
39. A phased array antenna apparatus, the apparatus comprising:
a two-dimensional array of antenna emitters;
a radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem connected to the 2D array of antenna
emitters, and configured to generate a plurality of RF signals that are phase shifted relatively to each other for beamforming of the plurality of RF signals emitted by the two dimensional array of antenna emitters.
40. A phased array antenna apparatus, the apparatus comprising:
an antenna housing including;
a two-dimensional array of antenna emitters forming two or more vertical columns of disc-shaped emitting surfaces arrange in a flat plane on a front side of the antenna housing;
a pair of flared wings extending vertically along two sides of the two-dimensional array;
a radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem connected to the 2D array of antenna
emitters, and configured to generate a plurality of RF signals that are phase shifted relatively to each other for beamforming of the plurality of RF signals emitted by the two dimensional array of antenna emitters, wherein the RF transceiver and steering subsystem comprises a radio device; and two or more RF connectors on a back of the antenna housing, configured to connect the radio device to the two-dimensional array of antenna emitters.
41. The device of claim 39, wherein the two-dimensional array of antenna elements is a flat array.
42. The device of claim 39, further comprising an antenna housing wherein the two-dimensional array of antenna emitters are arrange in a flat plane on a front side of the antenna housing.
43. The device of claim 39, further comprising a pair of flared wings extending vertically along two sides of the two-dimensional array.
44. The device of claim 39, wherein the RF transceiver and steering subsystem comprises a radio device.
45. The device of claim 39 or 40, wherein each antenna element of the array of antenna elements comprises a line of emitting elements.
46. The device of claim 39, wherein each antenna element of the array of antenna elements comprises a line of disc-shaped emitting elements.
47. The device of claim 39, wherein each antenna element of the two-dimensional array of antenna elements comprises a disc-shaped element having a concave emitting surface.
48. The apparatus of claim 39 or 40, wherein the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem comprises a plurality of phase shifters, wherein each phase shifter is connected to the RF transceiver and wherein steering subsystem is configured to set a phase angle for each of the phase shifters.
49. The apparatus of claim 39 or 40, wherein the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem comprises a lacunated lens.
50. The apparatus of claim 39 or 40, wherein the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem is configured to periodically transmit a training packet at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the training packet encodes an identifier of the directional beam.
51. The apparatus of claim 39 or 40, wherein the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem is separable into an RF transceiver having one or more RF outputs and a steering controller coupled to the one or more RF outputs.
52. The apparatus of claim 39 or 40, wherein the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem is configured to assign the directional beam to a station device based on the response packet received from the station device, wherein the response packet includes an identifier of a directional beam and a priority value associated with one of the training packets.
53. The apparatus of claim 39 or 40, further wherein the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering
subsystem is configured to periodically transmit training packets at each of a plurality of directional beams.
54. The apparatus of claim 39 or 40, further wherein the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering
subsystem is configured to periodically transmit training packets at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the period is less than once every minute.
55. The apparatus of claim 39 or 40, further wherein the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering
subsystem is configured to periodically transmit training packets at each of a plurality of directional beams, wherein the period is less than once every five minutes.
56. The device of claim 39 or 40, wherein the radio frequency (RF) transceiver and steering subsystem is configured to assign each of a plurality of station devices a directional beam based on a response packet received from each of the station devices in response to a training packet emitted by the array of antenna elements, and to transmit data to the station devices using an assigned directional beam.
57. A compact electronic RF lens device, the device comprising:
a lens body comprising parallel plates separated by a dielectric, the lens body having an outer perimeter and an inner region within the outer perimeter;
a plurality of input ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port
corresponds to a predetermined steering angle;
a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and a plurality of openings in the inner region of the lens body within at least one plate of the parallel plates of the lens body, wherein the openings are arranged through the lens body so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports will exit from each of the output ports at a time delay corresponding to the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
58. A compact RF electronic lens device, the device comprising:
a lens body, the lens body comprising a ground plate, a dielectric substrate on top of the ground plate, and a conductor plate on top of the dielectric substrate;
a plurality of input ports on an outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle;
a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and
a plurality of openings within the lens body through the conductor plate, wherein the openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports will exit from each of the output ports at a time delay corresponding to the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
59. A compact electronic RF lens device, the device comprising:
a lens body having an upper surface, a thickness, and a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, the lens body having an outer perimeter and an inner region within the outer perimeter; a plurality of input ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each input port
corresponds to a predetermined steering angle;
a plurality of output ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body; and
a plurality of openings into the lens body within the inner region through the upper surface, wherein the openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the input ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the output ports at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
60. The device of claim 57, 58 or 59, wherein the lens body comprises a microstrip.
61. The device of claim 57, 58 or 59, wherein the lens body comprises a square shape.
62. The device of claim 57, 58 or 59, wherein the lens body is less than about 8cm x 8cm.
63. The device of claim 57, 58 or 59, wherein the lens body is less than about 8cm x 8cm and the plurality of openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal between about 2 GHz and about 30 GHz entering the lens body from any one of the input ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the output ports at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the input port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body.
64. The device of claim 57, 58 or 59, wherein the input ports are arranged on the outer perimeter of the lens body opposite from the output ports.
65. The device of claim 57, 58 or 59, wherein the plurality of input ports comprises 3 input ports or more.
66. The device of claim 57, 58 or 59, wherein the plurality of output ports comprises 4 output ports or more.
67. The device of claims 57, 58 or 59, wherein each of the input ports corresponds to a predetermined steering angle between about -45° and about 45°.
68. The device of claim 57, 58 or 59, wherein the openings within the lens body take up more than half of a surface area of an upper surface of the lens body.
69. The device of claim 57, wherein the openings in the lens body extend through an outer plate and through the dielectric.
70. The device of claim 58, wherein the openings in the lens body extend from the conductor plate and through the dielectric.
71. The device of claim 59, wherein the openings in the lens body extend through the upper surface and through a dielectric between the upper and lower surfaces.
72. A method of operating a compact electronic lens having a lens body, wherein the lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface, and a plurality of openings through the upper surface, the method comprising:
applying a first electromagnetic signal to a first input port of the lens body, wherein the first input port is associated with a first predetermined steering angle;
passing the first electromagnetic signal from the first input port through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings so that the first electromagnetic signal exits each of a plurality of output ports at a time delay for each output port that is characteristic of the first predetermined steering angle;
applying a second electromagnetic signal to a second input port of the lens body, wherein the second input port is associated with a second predetermined steering angle; and passing the second electromagnetic signal from the second input port through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings so that the second electromagnetic signal exits each of a plurality of output ports at a time delay for each output port that is characteristic of the second predetermined steering angle.
73. The method of claim 72, wherein applying the first electromagnetic signal comprises applying a signal between about 2GHz and about 30 GHz.
74. The method of claim 72, wherein the first predetermined steering angle and the second predetermined steering angle are different and are between about -45° and about 45°.
75. The method of claim 72, wherein the upper surface of the lens body is less than about 8 cm x 8 cm.
76. The method of claim 72, further comprising electrically switching from the first input port to the second input port.
77. The method of claim 72, further comprising emitting the signal from each of a plurality of antenna
elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to one of the output ports.
78. A phased array antenna device having a compact electronic lens for beamforming, the device comprising:
a radio frequency (RF) input;
an electronic lens having
a lens body, wherein the lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface,
a plurality of openings through the upper surface of the lens body,
a plurality of beam ports on an outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each beam port
corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, and
a plurality of antenna ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body;
a switch configured switch the RF input between the beam ports; and
a plurality of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to one of the antenna ports.
79. A phased array antenna device having a compact electronic lens for beamforming, the device comprising:
a radio frequency (RF) input configured to connect to an RF transceiver;
an electronic lens having
a lens body, wherein the lens body has an upper surface forming a plane, a lower surface parallel to the upper surface, a dielectric between the upper and lower surface,
a plurality of openings through the upper surface of the lens body, wherein the openings are configured so that an electromagnetic signal entering the lens body from any one of the beam ports passes through the lens body along multiple paths around the openings and exits from each of the antenna ports at a time delay that is characteristic of the predetermined steering angle of the beam port from which the electromagnetic signal entered the lens body, a plurality of beam ports on an outer perimeter of the lens body, wherein each beam port
corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, and
a plurality of antenna ports on the outer perimeter of the lens body;
a steering control configured to control a switch to switch the RF input between the beam ports to steer the device; and
a plurality of antenna elements, wherein each antenna element is coupled to an antenna port from the plurality of antenna ports.
80. The device of claim 78 or 79, wherein the RF input is configured to transmit an RF signal between about 2 GHz and 30 GHz, and wherein the upper surface has a surface area less than about 8 cm x 8cm.
81. The device of claim 78 or 79, further comprising a transceiver configured to mate with the RF input device.
82. The device of claim 78 or 79, further comprising a second an electronic lens having a second lens body, wherein the second lens body has a second upper surface forming a plane, a second lower surface parallel
to the second upper surface, a second dielectric between the second upper and second lower surface, a second plurality of openings through the second upper surface of the second lens body, a plurality of beam ports on an outer perimeter of the second lens body, wherein each beam port corresponds to a predetermined steering angle, and a second plurality of antenna ports on the outer perimeter of the second lens body.
83. The device of claim 78 or 79wherein the antenna elements comprise radiating disks.
84. The device of claim 78 or 79, wherein each of the antenna elements comprise a line of electrically
connected radiating disks.
85. The device of claim 78 or 79, wherein the lens body comprises a microstrip.
86. The device of claim 78 or 79, wherein the lens body comprises a square shape.
87. The device of claim 78 or 79, wherein the beam ports are arranged on the outer perimeter of the lens body opposite from the antenna ports.
88. The device of claim 78 or 79, wherein the plurality of beam ports comprises 3 beam ports or more.
89. The device of claim 78 or 79, wherein the plurality of antenna ports comprises 4 antenna ports or more.
90. The device of claims 78 or 79wherein each of the beam ports corresponds to a predetermined steering angle between about -45° and about 45°,
91. The device of claim 78 or 79, wherein the openings through the upper surface of the horizontal lens body take up more than half of a surface area of the upper surface.
92. The device of claim 78 or 79, wherein the openings in the lens body extend through the upper surface of the horizontal lens body and through the dielectric.
93. The device of claim 78 or 79, further comprising an omnidirectional antenna element connected to the RF input.
94. A method of connecting a radio device to an antenna, the method comprising:
connecting the radio device having a first USB connector to an antenna having a second USB
connector; and
identifying the antenna based on a voltage of the ground pin on the second USB connector.
95. A method of connecting and configuring a radio device to work with an antenna, the method comprising: connecting the radio device having a first USB connector to an antenna having a second USB
connector;
identifying the antenna based on a voltage of the ground pin on the second USB connector; and configuring the radio device based on the identity of the antenna to transmit and receive data using the antenna.
96. The method of claim 94, further comprising transmitting steering information from the radio to a beamforming lens of the antenna when the antenna is identified as a phased array antenna.
97. The method of claim 94, further comprising configuring the radio device based on the identity of the antenna to transmit and receive data using the antenna.
98. The method of claim 94 or 95, wherein connecting comprises connecting one or more radio frequency (RF) connectors between the radio device and the antenna.
99. The method of claim 94 or 95, wherein connecting comprises connecting the USB port of the radio device to the USB port of the antenna.
100. The method of claim 94 or 95, wherein identifying comprises using a detection circuit to compare the voltage of the ground pin on the second USB connector to a predetermined voltage.
101. The method of claim 94 or 59, wherein identifying the antenna comprises determining a digital identifier of the antenna based on the voltage of the ground pin on the second USB connector.
102. The method of claim 94 or 59, wherein identifying comprises comparing the voltage of a ground pin on the second USB connector to a predetermined voltage.
103. The method of claim 94 or 59, further comprising biasing the ground pin on the second USB connector to a predetermine voltage.
104. The method of claim 94 or 59, wherein configuring comprises transmitting control information from the radio device to the antenna.
105. The method of claim 94 or 59, wherein configuring comprises transmitting steering information from the radio device to a beamforming lens of the antenna.
106. A radio device that may be used with a variety of antennas, the device comprising:
a receiver configured to receive RF signals;
a transmitter configured to transmit RF signals;
at least one RF output/input line;
a USB port; and
a detection circuit connected to a ground pin of the USB port and configured to compare the voltage of the USB port to a predetermined value and output an indicator of the identity of a type of antenna when the USB port of the radio device is connected to the USB port of the antenna.
107. The radio device of claim 106, wherein the detection circuit comprises a plurality of comparators
configured to compare the voltage of the ground pin of the USB port to a predetermined value.
108. The radio device of claim 106, wherein the detection circuit is configured to do a resistive measurement to generate a digital signal indicative of the identity of the type of antenna.
109.The radio device of claim 106, wherein the radio device is configured to transmit steering information when the detection circuit detects a phased array antenna.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP15764552.4A EP3120642B1 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2015-03-16 | Array antennas having a plurality of directional beams |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201461954244P | 2014-03-17 | 2014-03-17 | |
US61/954,244 | 2014-03-17 | ||
US201462019321P | 2014-06-30 | 2014-06-30 | |
US62/019,321 | 2014-06-30 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2015142723A1 true WO2015142723A1 (en) | 2015-09-24 |
Family
ID=54069970
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2015/020729 WO2015142723A1 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2015-03-16 | Array antennas having a plurality of directional beams |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US9843096B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3120642B1 (en) |
CN (4) | CN205029667U (en) |
WO (1) | WO2015142723A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10218059B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2019-02-26 | SMC Networks | Beam-steering antenna deflector |
TWI746390B (en) * | 2020-04-16 | 2021-11-11 | 宏達國際電子股份有限公司 | Wireless transceiving device |
US11251882B2 (en) * | 2017-08-23 | 2022-02-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Device and method for calibrating phased array antenna |
Families Citing this family (186)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10879619B2 (en) | 2009-06-04 | 2020-12-29 | Ubiquiti Inc. | Microwave system |
US20160218406A1 (en) | 2013-02-04 | 2016-07-28 | John R. Sanford | Coaxial rf dual-polarized waveguide filter and method |
US9525524B2 (en) | 2013-05-31 | 2016-12-20 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Remote distributed antenna system |
US9999038B2 (en) | 2013-05-31 | 2018-06-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Remote distributed antenna system |
EP3648359A1 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2020-05-06 | Ubiquiti Inc. | Wireless radio system optimization by persistent spectrum analysis |
US8897697B1 (en) | 2013-11-06 | 2014-11-25 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Millimeter-wave surface-wave communications |
US9843096B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2017-12-12 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Compact radio frequency lenses |
US9912034B2 (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2018-03-06 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Antenna assembly |
US10069580B2 (en) | 2014-06-30 | 2018-09-04 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Wireless radio device alignment tools and methods |
WO2016010167A1 (en) * | 2014-07-15 | 2016-01-21 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Resource allocation method and signal processing method of terminal |
US9768833B2 (en) | 2014-09-15 | 2017-09-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for sensing a condition in a transmission medium of electromagnetic waves |
US10063280B2 (en) | 2014-09-17 | 2018-08-28 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Monitoring and mitigating conditions in a communication network |
US9615269B2 (en) | 2014-10-02 | 2017-04-04 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus that provides fault tolerance in a communication network |
US9685992B2 (en) | 2014-10-03 | 2017-06-20 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Circuit panel network and methods thereof |
US9503189B2 (en) | 2014-10-10 | 2016-11-22 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for arranging communication sessions in a communication system |
US9973299B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2018-05-15 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for adjusting a mode of communication in a communication network |
US10164332B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2018-12-25 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Multi-sector antennas |
US9780834B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2017-10-03 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for transmitting electromagnetic waves |
US9312919B1 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-04-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Transmission device with impairment compensation and methods for use therewith |
US9653770B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2017-05-16 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Guided wave coupler, coupling module and methods for use therewith |
US9769020B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2017-09-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for responding to events affecting communications in a communication network |
US9627768B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2017-04-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Guided-wave transmission device with non-fundamental mode propagation and methods for use therewith |
US9577306B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2017-02-21 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Guided-wave transmission device and methods for use therewith |
US9954287B2 (en) | 2014-11-20 | 2018-04-24 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus for converting wireless signals and electromagnetic waves and methods thereof |
US10009067B2 (en) | 2014-12-04 | 2018-06-26 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for configuring a communication interface |
US10340573B2 (en) | 2016-10-26 | 2019-07-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Launcher with cylindrical coupling device and methods for use therewith |
US10243784B2 (en) | 2014-11-20 | 2019-03-26 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System for generating topology information and methods thereof |
US9544006B2 (en) | 2014-11-20 | 2017-01-10 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Transmission device with mode division multiplexing and methods for use therewith |
US9997819B2 (en) | 2015-06-09 | 2018-06-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Transmission medium and method for facilitating propagation of electromagnetic waves via a core |
US9461706B1 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2016-10-04 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Method and apparatus for exchanging communication signals |
US9742462B2 (en) | 2014-12-04 | 2017-08-22 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Transmission medium and communication interfaces and methods for use therewith |
US9800327B2 (en) | 2014-11-20 | 2017-10-24 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus for controlling operations of a communication device and methods thereof |
TWI572241B (en) * | 2015-02-16 | 2017-02-21 | 啟碁科技股份有限公司 | Access point and associated anteena selecting method |
US9876570B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2018-01-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Guided-wave transmission device with non-fundamental mode propagation and methods for use therewith |
WO2016137938A1 (en) | 2015-02-23 | 2016-09-01 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Radio apparatuses for long-range communication of radio-frequency information |
US9749013B2 (en) | 2015-03-17 | 2017-08-29 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for reducing attenuation of electromagnetic waves guided by a transmission medium |
WO2016171752A1 (en) * | 2015-04-20 | 2016-10-27 | Thomson Licensing | Antenna mounting in an electronic device |
US10224981B2 (en) | 2015-04-24 | 2019-03-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Passive electrical coupling device and methods for use therewith |
US9705561B2 (en) | 2015-04-24 | 2017-07-11 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Directional coupling device and methods for use therewith |
US9793954B2 (en) | 2015-04-28 | 2017-10-17 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Magnetic coupling device and methods for use therewith |
US9871282B2 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2018-01-16 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | At least one transmission medium having a dielectric surface that is covered at least in part by a second dielectric |
US9490869B1 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2016-11-08 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Transmission medium having multiple cores and methods for use therewith |
US9748626B2 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2017-08-29 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Plurality of cables having different cross-sectional shapes which are bundled together to form a transmission medium |
US10650940B2 (en) | 2015-05-15 | 2020-05-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Transmission medium having a conductive material and methods for use therewith |
US9917341B2 (en) | 2015-05-27 | 2018-03-13 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and method for launching electromagnetic waves and for modifying radial dimensions of the propagating electromagnetic waves |
US9912381B2 (en) | 2015-06-03 | 2018-03-06 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Network termination and methods for use therewith |
US9866309B2 (en) | 2015-06-03 | 2018-01-09 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Host node device and methods for use therewith |
US10812174B2 (en) | 2015-06-03 | 2020-10-20 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Client node device and methods for use therewith |
US9913139B2 (en) | 2015-06-09 | 2018-03-06 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Signal fingerprinting for authentication of communicating devices |
US9820146B2 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2017-11-14 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for authentication and identity management of communicating devices |
US9667317B2 (en) | 2015-06-15 | 2017-05-30 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for providing security using network traffic adjustments |
US9865911B2 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2018-01-09 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Waveguide system for slot radiating first electromagnetic waves that are combined into a non-fundamental wave mode second electromagnetic wave on a transmission medium |
US9509415B1 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2016-11-29 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Methods and apparatus for inducing a fundamental wave mode on a transmission medium |
US9640850B2 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2017-05-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Methods and apparatus for inducing a non-fundamental wave mode on a transmission medium |
US9847566B2 (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2017-12-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for adjusting a field of a signal to mitigate interference |
US9882257B2 (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2018-01-30 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for launching a wave mode that mitigates interference |
US10044409B2 (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2018-08-07 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Transmission medium and methods for use therewith |
US10205655B2 (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2019-02-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for communicating utilizing an antenna array and multiple communication paths |
US9853342B2 (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2017-12-26 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Dielectric transmission medium connector and methods for use therewith |
US9628116B2 (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2017-04-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for transmitting wireless signals |
US9722318B2 (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2017-08-01 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for coupling an antenna to a device |
US10148016B2 (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2018-12-04 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for communicating utilizing an antenna array |
US10090606B2 (en) | 2015-07-15 | 2018-10-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Antenna system with dielectric array and methods for use therewith |
US9793951B2 (en) | 2015-07-15 | 2017-10-17 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for launching a wave mode that mitigates interference |
KR20180043272A (en) * | 2015-07-22 | 2018-04-27 | 블루 다뉴브 시스템스, 인크. | Modular phased array |
US9912027B2 (en) | 2015-07-23 | 2018-03-06 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for exchanging communication signals |
US9871283B2 (en) | 2015-07-23 | 2018-01-16 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Transmission medium having a dielectric core comprised of plural members connected by a ball and socket configuration |
US9749053B2 (en) | 2015-07-23 | 2017-08-29 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Node device, repeater and methods for use therewith |
US9948333B2 (en) | 2015-07-23 | 2018-04-17 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for wireless communications to mitigate interference |
US9967173B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2018-05-08 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for authentication and identity management of communicating devices |
US9735833B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2017-08-15 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for communications management in a neighborhood network |
US9629006B2 (en) * | 2015-08-03 | 2017-04-18 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Methods and systems for improving wireless signal |
US9904535B2 (en) | 2015-09-14 | 2018-02-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for distributing software |
US9930758B2 (en) | 2015-09-15 | 2018-03-27 | Cooper Technologies Company | Light fixture as an access point in a communication network |
EP3381085A4 (en) | 2015-09-18 | 2019-09-04 | Anokiwave, Inc. | Laminar phased array |
US9769128B2 (en) | 2015-09-28 | 2017-09-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for encryption of communications over a network |
US9729197B2 (en) | 2015-10-01 | 2017-08-08 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for communicating network management traffic over a network |
US9876264B2 (en) | 2015-10-02 | 2018-01-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Communication system, guided wave switch and methods for use therewith |
CN107040294B (en) | 2015-10-09 | 2020-10-16 | 优倍快公司 | Synchronized multiradio antenna system and method |
US10355367B2 (en) | 2015-10-16 | 2019-07-16 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Antenna structure for exchanging wireless signals |
JP6833854B2 (en) | 2015-12-29 | 2021-02-24 | ブルー ダニューブ システムズ, インク.Blue Danube Systems, Inc. | Low thermal impedance structure in phased array |
WO2017132501A1 (en) * | 2016-01-27 | 2017-08-03 | Starry, Inc. | High frequency wireless access network |
EP3488537A1 (en) * | 2016-07-21 | 2019-05-29 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Multiple input multiple output (mimo) setup in millimeter wave (mmw) wlan systems |
CN107708184B (en) * | 2016-08-09 | 2020-09-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication access method, access point and site |
GB2552953A (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2018-02-21 | Nec Corp | Communication system |
US9860075B1 (en) | 2016-08-26 | 2018-01-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and communication node for broadband distribution |
US10333599B2 (en) * | 2016-09-13 | 2019-06-25 | Corning Optical Communications LLC | Antenna array beamforming in a remote unit(s) in a wireless distribution system (WDS) |
CN106549234A (en) * | 2016-10-14 | 2017-03-29 | 天津大学 | A kind of MIMO beam-forming devices of height multiplexing |
US10340600B2 (en) | 2016-10-18 | 2019-07-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for launching guided waves via plural waveguide systems |
US10135147B2 (en) | 2016-10-18 | 2018-11-20 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for launching guided waves via an antenna |
US10135146B2 (en) | 2016-10-18 | 2018-11-20 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for launching guided waves via circuits |
US10811767B2 (en) | 2016-10-21 | 2020-10-20 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and dielectric antenna with convex dielectric radome |
US9876605B1 (en) | 2016-10-21 | 2018-01-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Launcher and coupling system to support desired guided wave mode |
US9991580B2 (en) | 2016-10-21 | 2018-06-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Launcher and coupling system for guided wave mode cancellation |
US10374316B2 (en) | 2016-10-21 | 2019-08-06 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and dielectric antenna with non-uniform dielectric |
US10312567B2 (en) | 2016-10-26 | 2019-06-04 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Launcher with planar strip antenna and methods for use therewith |
CN109923797B (en) * | 2016-10-27 | 2022-06-07 | 索尼公司 | Communication device and method with beamforming training |
EP3533149A1 (en) | 2016-10-27 | 2019-09-04 | Sony Corporation | Communication devices and methods with beamforming training |
US10224634B2 (en) | 2016-11-03 | 2019-03-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Methods and apparatus for adjusting an operational characteristic of an antenna |
US10498044B2 (en) | 2016-11-03 | 2019-12-03 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus for configuring a surface of an antenna |
US10291334B2 (en) | 2016-11-03 | 2019-05-14 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System for detecting a fault in a communication system |
US10225025B2 (en) | 2016-11-03 | 2019-03-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for detecting a fault in a communication system |
US10535928B2 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2020-01-14 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Antenna system and methods for use therewith |
US10340603B2 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2019-07-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Antenna system having shielded structural configurations for assembly |
US10178445B2 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2019-01-08 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Methods, devices, and systems for load balancing between a plurality of waveguides |
US10340601B2 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2019-07-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Multi-antenna system and methods for use therewith |
US10090594B2 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2018-10-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Antenna system having structural configurations for assembly |
CN106450737B (en) * | 2016-11-25 | 2023-07-18 | 华南理工大学 | Omnidirectional low-profile filtering patch antenna |
US10361489B2 (en) | 2016-12-01 | 2019-07-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Dielectric dish antenna system and methods for use therewith |
US10305190B2 (en) | 2016-12-01 | 2019-05-28 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Reflecting dielectric antenna system and methods for use therewith |
US10637149B2 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2020-04-28 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Injection molded dielectric antenna and methods for use therewith |
US10326494B2 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2019-06-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus for measurement de-embedding and methods for use therewith |
US10135145B2 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2018-11-20 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for generating an electromagnetic wave along a transmission medium |
US10755542B2 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2020-08-25 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for surveillance via guided wave communication |
US10819035B2 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2020-10-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Launcher with helical antenna and methods for use therewith |
US9927517B1 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2018-03-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for sensing rainfall |
US10382976B2 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2019-08-13 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for managing wireless communications based on communication paths and network device positions |
US10694379B2 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2020-06-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Waveguide system with device-based authentication and methods for use therewith |
US10439675B2 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2019-10-08 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for repeating guided wave communication signals |
US10727599B2 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2020-07-28 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Launcher with slot antenna and methods for use therewith |
US10020844B2 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2018-07-10 | T&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for broadcast communication via guided waves |
US10389029B2 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2019-08-20 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Multi-feed dielectric antenna system with core selection and methods for use therewith |
US10168695B2 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2019-01-01 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for controlling an unmanned aircraft |
US10139820B2 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2018-11-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for deploying equipment of a communication system |
US10446936B2 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2019-10-15 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Multi-feed dielectric antenna system and methods for use therewith |
US10547348B2 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2020-01-28 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for switching transmission mediums in a communication system |
US10359749B2 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2019-07-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for utilities management via guided wave communication |
US10027397B2 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2018-07-17 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Distributed antenna system and methods for use therewith |
US10243270B2 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2019-03-26 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Beam adaptive multi-feed dielectric antenna system and methods for use therewith |
US9893795B1 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2018-02-13 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Method and repeater for broadband distribution |
US10411356B2 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2019-09-10 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for selectively targeting communication devices with an antenna array |
US10916969B2 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2021-02-09 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for providing power using an inductive coupling |
US10938108B2 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2021-03-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Frequency selective multi-feed dielectric antenna system and methods for use therewith |
US10530505B2 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2020-01-07 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for launching electromagnetic waves along a transmission medium |
US9998870B1 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2018-06-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for proximity sensing |
US10069535B2 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2018-09-04 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for launching electromagnetic waves having a certain electric field structure |
US10777873B2 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2020-09-15 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for mounting network devices |
US10389037B2 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2019-08-20 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for selecting sections of an antenna array and use therewith |
US9911020B1 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2018-03-06 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for tracking via a radio frequency identification device |
US10103422B2 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2018-10-16 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for mounting network devices |
US10326689B2 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2019-06-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and system for providing alternative communication paths |
US10601494B2 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2020-03-24 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Dual-band communication device and method for use therewith |
US10264586B2 (en) | 2016-12-09 | 2019-04-16 | At&T Mobility Ii Llc | Cloud-based packet controller and methods for use therewith |
US9838896B1 (en) | 2016-12-09 | 2017-12-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for assessing network coverage |
US10340983B2 (en) | 2016-12-09 | 2019-07-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and apparatus for surveying remote sites via guided wave communications |
WO2018132511A1 (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2018-07-19 | Matsing Inc. | Multi-beam mimo antenna systems and methods |
US9973940B1 (en) | 2017-02-27 | 2018-05-15 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and methods for dynamic impedance matching of a guided wave launcher |
US10298293B2 (en) | 2017-03-13 | 2019-05-21 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus of communication utilizing wireless network devices |
EP3627620B1 (en) | 2017-06-26 | 2023-08-02 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Power feed apparatus |
US10236961B2 (en) | 2017-07-14 | 2019-03-19 | Facebook, Inc. | Processsing of beamforming signals of a passive time-delay structure |
FR3070102B1 (en) * | 2017-08-08 | 2019-09-06 | Thales | DEVICE FOR OPTICALLY RECEIVING A SIGNAL FROM A PHASE CONTROL ANTENNA ARRAY AND ASSOCIATED ANTENNA SYSTEM |
CN109495153B (en) * | 2017-09-13 | 2022-02-18 | 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 | Heterogeneous network, mobile device and method for beam training and tracking |
KR102486588B1 (en) * | 2017-12-19 | 2023-01-10 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Beam forming antenna module including lens |
US10419138B2 (en) * | 2017-12-22 | 2019-09-17 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Radio-based channel sounding using phased array antennas |
US11418971B2 (en) | 2017-12-24 | 2022-08-16 | Anokiwave, Inc. | Beamforming integrated circuit, AESA system and method |
CN108365305B (en) * | 2018-01-16 | 2020-12-22 | 成都信息工程大学 | Microwave lens filter and filtering method thereof |
JP1621594S (en) * | 2018-02-02 | 2019-01-07 | ||
KR20190118792A (en) * | 2018-04-11 | 2019-10-21 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for controlling by using lens in wireless communication system |
US10998640B2 (en) | 2018-05-15 | 2021-05-04 | Anokiwave, Inc. | Cross-polarized time division duplexed antenna |
EP3861592A4 (en) | 2018-10-05 | 2022-07-06 | CommScope Technologies LLC | Reconfigurable multi-band base station antennas having self-contained sub-modules |
CN210468076U (en) * | 2018-10-09 | 2020-05-05 | 京信通信技术(广州)有限公司 | Massive MIMO array antenna |
US10915796B2 (en) * | 2018-10-30 | 2021-02-09 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | ID association and indoor localization via passive phased-array and computer vision motion correlation |
WO2020101640A1 (en) | 2018-11-12 | 2020-05-22 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Beam steering resolutions enhancement |
CN109412668A (en) * | 2018-12-19 | 2019-03-01 | 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 | Array antenna beam adjustment equipment, system and adjusting method |
WO2020226845A1 (en) * | 2019-05-09 | 2020-11-12 | Commscope Technologies Llc | Base station antennas having skeletal radio frequency lenses |
CN112054313A (en) * | 2019-06-06 | 2020-12-08 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Antenna structure, electronic equipment, antenna structure array method and device |
US11442159B2 (en) * | 2019-07-19 | 2022-09-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Multi-spectral THz micro-doppler radar based on silicon-based picosecond pulse radiators |
CN112312416B (en) | 2019-07-26 | 2023-04-04 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and communication device |
CN112310659B (en) * | 2019-07-29 | 2023-03-07 | 成都恪赛科技有限公司 | Reconstructed wave beam pointing antenna array |
CN112311378B (en) * | 2019-10-12 | 2022-06-03 | 成都华微电子科技股份有限公司 | Single-port mode selection circuit and multi-working mode integrated circuit |
US11398683B2 (en) | 2019-10-30 | 2022-07-26 | The Boeing Company | Perimeter-fed array |
US20220394463A1 (en) * | 2019-11-14 | 2022-12-08 | Sony Group Corporation | Communication device and method for secure communication |
CN211238513U (en) * | 2019-12-18 | 2020-08-11 | 康普技术有限责任公司 | Multi-antenna mounting device and multi-antenna assembly |
US11289798B2 (en) | 2020-02-24 | 2022-03-29 | Commscope Technologies Llc | Connectivity and field replaceability of radios mounted on base station antennas |
CA3172693A1 (en) | 2020-03-24 | 2021-09-30 | Xiaohua Hou | Base station antennas having an active antenna module and related devices and methods |
WO2022040552A2 (en) * | 2020-08-21 | 2022-02-24 | The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. | Two-dimensional planar and crossover-free beamforming network architecture |
CN112259964B (en) * | 2020-09-28 | 2022-09-02 | 西南电子技术研究所(中国电子科技集团公司第十研究所) | Multi-subarray phased array antenna beam control device |
CN112929061B (en) * | 2021-01-21 | 2022-01-25 | 复旦大学 | Omnidirectional beam forming design method based on autocorrelation complementary matrix |
US11955722B1 (en) * | 2021-04-09 | 2024-04-09 | Anokiwave, Inc. | Array lattice techniques for high symmetry and high scan performance |
CN113378593B (en) * | 2021-06-09 | 2023-05-23 | 上海闻泰信息技术有限公司 | Automatic configuration method and device for radio frequency access, electronic equipment and storage medium |
US11791868B2 (en) | 2021-10-20 | 2023-10-17 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Enhancing radio resource management with beamwidth selection and beamsteering |
US11791554B2 (en) | 2021-12-02 | 2023-10-17 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Flexible radio assignment with beamsteering antennas |
US12089089B2 (en) | 2022-01-21 | 2024-09-10 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Semi-distant time-sliced antennas in an associationless overhead mesh of access points |
CN114553284B (en) * | 2022-04-27 | 2022-07-05 | 四川太赫兹通信有限公司 | Beam alignment method, device, base station and computer readable storage medium |
WO2024002506A1 (en) * | 2022-07-01 | 2024-01-04 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | A reconfigurable beam antenna assembly and an apparatus comprising the antenna assembly |
CN115315009B (en) * | 2022-10-10 | 2022-12-13 | 天地信息网络研究院(安徽)有限公司 | Space-time-frequency three-dimensional resource allocation method for directional ad hoc network |
Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0886336B1 (en) * | 1997-06-18 | 2003-10-01 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Planar low profile, wideband, widescan phased array antenna using a stacked-disc radiator |
US20040033817A1 (en) * | 2002-03-01 | 2004-02-19 | Tantivy Communications, Inc. | Intelligent interface for controlling an adaptive antenna array |
US20070182657A1 (en) * | 2001-11-09 | 2007-08-09 | Ipr Licensing, Inc. | Directive antenna in a dual band phased array employing spatial second harmonics |
US20100073260A1 (en) * | 2008-09-22 | 2010-03-25 | Denso Corporation | Antenna device with lens or passive element acting as lens |
US20100238846A1 (en) * | 2007-10-10 | 2010-09-23 | Beijing Xinwei Telecom Technology Inc. | Wireless communication system based on code spreading-orthogonal frequency division multiple access and smart antenna |
US20110064033A1 (en) * | 2009-09-15 | 2011-03-17 | Gong Michelle X | Millimeter-wave communication station and method for scheduling association beamforming training with collision avoidance |
US20130272263A1 (en) | 2012-04-16 | 2013-10-17 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Hierarchical channel sounding and channel state information feedback in massive mimo systems |
Family Cites Families (462)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3155975A (en) | 1962-05-07 | 1964-11-03 | Ryan Aeronautical Co | Circular polarization antenna composed of an elongated microstrip with a plurality of space staggered radiating elements |
US3633208A (en) | 1968-10-28 | 1972-01-04 | Hughes Aircraft Co | Shaped-beam antenna for earth coverage from a stabilized satellite |
US3696433A (en) | 1970-07-17 | 1972-10-03 | Teledyne Ryan Aeronautical Co | Resonant slot antenna structure |
US3739392A (en) | 1971-07-29 | 1973-06-12 | Sperry Rand Corp | Base-band radiation and reception system |
US3851221A (en) | 1972-11-30 | 1974-11-26 | P Beaulieu | Integrated circuit package |
US3825874A (en) | 1973-07-05 | 1974-07-23 | Itt | Electrical connector |
US4087822A (en) | 1976-08-26 | 1978-05-02 | Raytheon Company | Radio frequency antenna having microstrip feed network and flared radiating aperture |
US4247858A (en) * | 1979-05-21 | 1981-01-27 | Kurt Eichweber | Antennas for use with optical and high-frequency radiation |
US4613868A (en) | 1983-02-03 | 1986-09-23 | Ball Corporation | Method and apparatus for matched impedance feeding of microstrip-type radio frequency antenna structure |
US4557225A (en) | 1984-01-18 | 1985-12-10 | Mikuni Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Combined housing and heat sink for electronic engine control system components |
US7038620B1 (en) | 1984-02-03 | 2006-05-02 | Northrop Grumman Corporation | Warped plane phased array monopulse radar antenna |
US4656559A (en) | 1984-05-10 | 1987-04-07 | Ultima Electronics Ltd. | Holder and heat sink for electronic components |
US4658262A (en) | 1985-02-19 | 1987-04-14 | Duhamel Raymond H | Dual polarized sinuous antennas |
US4758842A (en) | 1986-05-19 | 1988-07-19 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Horn antenna array phase matched over large bandwidths |
JPH0817396B2 (en) | 1987-03-30 | 1996-02-21 | 株式会社東芝 | Optical data transmission method and device |
US4757324A (en) | 1987-04-23 | 1988-07-12 | Rca Corporation | Antenna array with hexagonal horns |
US5428636A (en) | 1993-05-03 | 1995-06-27 | Norand Corporation | Radio frequency local area network |
WO1990015394A1 (en) | 1989-06-02 | 1990-12-13 | Aisi Research Corporation | Appliance interface for exchanging data |
US4992866A (en) | 1989-06-29 | 1991-02-12 | Morgan Jack B | Camera selection and positioning system and method |
DE4005272A1 (en) | 1990-02-20 | 1991-08-22 | Bosch Gmbh Robert | METHOD FOR ZF BANDWIDTH SWITCHING AND ZF BANDWIDTH SWITCHING DEVICE |
US5103459B1 (en) | 1990-06-25 | 1999-07-06 | Qualcomm Inc | System and method for generating signal waveforms in a cdma cellular telephone system |
US5191349A (en) | 1990-08-08 | 1993-03-02 | Honeywell Inc. | Apparatus and method for an amplitude monopulse directional antenna |
GB9019487D0 (en) | 1990-09-06 | 1990-10-24 | Ncr Co | Carrier detection for a wireless local area network |
CA2057961C (en) | 1991-05-06 | 2000-06-13 | Robert Paff | Graphical workstation for integrated security system |
US5940771A (en) | 1991-05-13 | 1999-08-17 | Norand Corporation | Network supporting roaming, sleeping terminals |
US6714559B1 (en) | 1991-12-04 | 2004-03-30 | Broadcom Corporation | Redundant radio frequency network having a roaming terminal communication protocol |
US5394436A (en) | 1991-10-01 | 1995-02-28 | Norand Corporation | Radio frequency local area network |
US6374311B1 (en) | 1991-10-01 | 2002-04-16 | Intermec Ip Corp. | Communication network having a plurality of bridging nodes which transmit a beacon to terminal nodes in power saving state that it has messages awaiting delivery |
US5844893A (en) | 1991-05-14 | 1998-12-01 | Norand Corporation | System for coupling host computer meanswith base transceiver units on a local area network |
US5523768A (en) | 1991-05-30 | 1996-06-04 | Conifer Corporation | Integrated feed and down converter apparatus |
US5307515A (en) | 1991-08-05 | 1994-04-26 | Ford Motor Company | Adjacent channel controller for radio receiver |
US5151920A (en) | 1991-09-10 | 1992-09-29 | Ncr Corporation | Radio LAN station with improved frame delimiter detection in a spread spectrum environment |
CA2120520A1 (en) | 1991-10-01 | 1993-04-15 | Robert C. Meier | A radio frequency local area network |
US5504746A (en) | 1991-10-01 | 1996-04-02 | Norand Corporation | Radio frequency local area network |
JP2825389B2 (en) | 1991-11-22 | 1998-11-18 | 株式会社東芝 | FM receiver |
US5422887A (en) | 1991-11-27 | 1995-06-06 | Ncr Corporation | Medium access protocol for wireless local area network |
DE4208605A1 (en) | 1992-03-18 | 1993-09-23 | Blaupunkt Werke Gmbh | CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR NEXT CHANNEL RECOGNITION AND SUPPRESSION IN A BROADCAST RECEIVER |
US5406260A (en) | 1992-12-18 | 1995-04-11 | Chrimar Systems, Inc. | Network security system for detecting removal of electronic equipment |
US7019770B1 (en) | 1993-03-12 | 2006-03-28 | Telebuyer, Llc | Videophone system for scrutiny monitoring with computer control |
CA2120468A1 (en) | 1993-04-05 | 1994-10-06 | Kenneth Alan Salisbury | Electronic module containing an internally ribbed, integral heat sink and bonded, flexible printed wiring board with two-sided component population |
US5381314A (en) | 1993-06-11 | 1995-01-10 | The Whitaker Corporation | Heat dissipating EMI/RFI protective function box |
IL107506A (en) | 1993-11-05 | 1998-02-08 | State Rafael Armamentry Of Def | Method and apparatus for reducing sidelobes of antennas within radomes |
US5546397A (en) | 1993-12-20 | 1996-08-13 | Norand Corporation | High reliability access point for wireless local area network |
US5960344A (en) | 1993-12-20 | 1999-09-28 | Norand Corporation | Local area network having multiple channel wireless access |
US5621662A (en) | 1994-02-15 | 1997-04-15 | Intellinet, Inc. | Home automation system |
EP0677898B1 (en) | 1994-04-14 | 1998-12-02 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Connector for backplanes |
US5510975A (en) | 1994-07-01 | 1996-04-23 | Atlantic Software, Inc. | Method of logical operations in home automation |
US5872594A (en) | 1994-09-20 | 1999-02-16 | Thompson; Paul A. | Method for open loop camera control using a motion model to control camera movement |
US5503566A (en) | 1994-10-05 | 1996-04-02 | Wang; Tsan C. | Computer network distribution system |
JPH08154062A (en) | 1994-11-28 | 1996-06-11 | Nec Corp | Band switched receiving system using signal quality |
US5661494A (en) | 1995-03-24 | 1997-08-26 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration | High performance circularly polarized microstrip antenna |
US5629713A (en) | 1995-05-17 | 1997-05-13 | Allen Telecom Group, Inc. | Horizontally polarized antenna array having extended E-plane beam width and method for accomplishing beam width extension |
GB2301712B (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2000-02-23 | Dsc Communications | Integrated directional antenna |
US5608413A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-03-04 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Frequency-selective antenna with different signal polarizations |
US5596487A (en) | 1995-07-31 | 1997-01-21 | Motorola, Inc. | Apparatus for RF shielding radio circuitry |
US5936542A (en) | 1995-09-11 | 1999-08-10 | Nomadix, Llc | Convention ID badge system |
US6795852B1 (en) | 1995-09-11 | 2004-09-21 | Nomadix, Inc. | Automatic network connection |
US5666126A (en) | 1995-09-18 | 1997-09-09 | California Amplifier | Multi-staged antenna optimized for reception within multiple frequency bands |
US5805111A (en) | 1995-12-01 | 1998-09-08 | Honeywell Inc. | Method and apparatus for accomplishing extended range TCAS |
US5966102A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1999-10-12 | Ems Technologies, Inc. | Dual polarized array antenna with central polarization control |
US5815120A (en) | 1996-02-28 | 1998-09-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Radio frequency local area network adapter card structure and method of manufacture |
US5706428A (en) | 1996-03-14 | 1998-01-06 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Multirate wireless data communication system |
GB2311697B (en) | 1996-03-22 | 1999-07-28 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Wireless communication system and method and system for detection of position of radio mobile station |
US5734350A (en) | 1996-04-08 | 1998-03-31 | Xertex Technologies, Inc. | Microstrip wide band antenna |
JP3456507B2 (en) | 1996-04-15 | 2003-10-14 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Sector antenna |
US6194992B1 (en) | 1997-04-24 | 2001-02-27 | Nomadix, Llc | Mobile web |
US6028769A (en) | 1996-05-20 | 2000-02-22 | Adc Telecommunication, Inc. | Multiple integrated service unit for communication system |
US5930113A (en) | 1996-06-03 | 1999-07-27 | Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. | Housing for electronic devices including internal fins for volumetric cooling |
US6697415B1 (en) | 1996-06-03 | 2004-02-24 | Broadcom Corporation | Spread spectrum transceiver module utilizing multiple mode transmission |
JP2853658B2 (en) | 1996-06-04 | 1999-02-03 | 日本電気株式会社 | Antenna support structure |
US6192282B1 (en) | 1996-10-01 | 2001-02-20 | Intelihome, Inc. | Method and apparatus for improved building automation |
US6529234B2 (en) | 1996-10-15 | 2003-03-04 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Camera control system, camera server, camera client, control method, and storage medium |
US7031295B2 (en) | 1996-11-07 | 2006-04-18 | Harris Corporation | System and method for minimizing guard time in a time division duplex communication system |
AU731234B2 (en) | 1996-12-31 | 2001-03-29 | Ericsson Inc. | Method for integrating antennas in a distributed antenna system |
US6130892A (en) | 1997-03-12 | 2000-10-10 | Nomadix, Inc. | Nomadic translator or router |
ATE367701T1 (en) | 1997-03-12 | 2007-08-15 | Nomadix Inc | NOMADIC TRANSLATOR OR PATH FINDER |
JPH10303808A (en) | 1997-05-01 | 1998-11-13 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Mobile communication base station device and its radiation directivity control method |
US6091717A (en) | 1997-05-05 | 2000-07-18 | Nokia Mobile Phones Limited | Method for scheduling packet data transmission |
DE69838926T2 (en) | 1997-05-09 | 2009-01-02 | Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corp. | Antenna and method for its production |
US6206724B1 (en) | 1997-06-06 | 2001-03-27 | Tommy Y. Leung | Combined connector for ethernet and modem cables |
JP3710257B2 (en) | 1997-06-10 | 2005-10-26 | キヤノン株式会社 | Camera control system, control method thereof, and storage medium storing program for executing control |
US7349333B2 (en) | 1997-07-30 | 2008-03-25 | At&T Delaware Intellectual Property, Inc. | Associated systems and methods for providing data services using idle cell resources |
DE19753839C1 (en) | 1997-12-04 | 1999-04-29 | Siemens Ag | For coaxial angle plug-type connection unit |
EP1064696A1 (en) | 1997-12-29 | 2001-01-03 | Chung Hsin-Hsien | Low cost high performance portable phased array antenna system for satellite communication |
EP2154854B1 (en) | 1998-01-06 | 2012-03-07 | Mosaid Technologies Incorporated | Multicarrier modulation system with variable symbol rates |
US6643496B1 (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2003-11-04 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | System, method, and apparatus for adjusting packet transmission rates based on dynamic evaluation of network characteristics |
US6377558B1 (en) * | 1998-04-06 | 2002-04-23 | Ericsson Inc. | Multi-signal transmit array with low intermodulation |
EP0954210A1 (en) | 1998-04-28 | 1999-11-03 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Cooling electronic apparatus |
US5936588A (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 1999-08-10 | Rao; Sudhakar K. | Reconfigurable multiple beam satellite phased array antenna |
US6437692B1 (en) | 1998-06-22 | 2002-08-20 | Statsignal Systems, Inc. | System and method for monitoring and controlling remote devices |
SE512439C2 (en) | 1998-06-26 | 2000-03-20 | Allgon Ab | Dual band antenna |
US6334057B1 (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2001-12-25 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Channel allocation in a telecommunications system with asymmetric uplink and downlink traffic |
JP2000040915A (en) | 1998-07-23 | 2000-02-08 | Alps Electric Co Ltd | Planar antenna |
JP3241672B2 (en) | 1998-07-31 | 2001-12-25 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Interference wave detection device and interference wave detection method |
US6359647B1 (en) | 1998-08-07 | 2002-03-19 | Philips Electronics North America Corporation | Automated camera handoff system for figure tracking in a multiple camera system |
US6292098B1 (en) | 1998-08-31 | 2001-09-18 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Surveillance system and network system |
US6084772A (en) | 1998-09-03 | 2000-07-04 | Nortel Networks Corporation | Electronics enclosure for power electronics with passive thermal management |
US6036539A (en) | 1998-11-03 | 2000-03-14 | Component Equipment Company, Inc. | Shielded cable connector that establishes a ground connection between a cable housing and an electrical connector body |
US7076228B1 (en) | 1999-11-10 | 2006-07-11 | Rilling Kenneth F | Interference reduction for multiple signals |
US6113431A (en) | 1998-12-04 | 2000-09-05 | Wong; Shen-Chia | Flat F-port coaxial electrical connector |
US6636894B1 (en) | 1998-12-08 | 2003-10-21 | Nomadix, Inc. | Systems and methods for redirecting users having transparent computer access to a network using a gateway device having redirection capability |
US7194554B1 (en) | 1998-12-08 | 2007-03-20 | Nomadix, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing dynamic network authorization authentication and accounting |
US6429827B1 (en) | 1998-12-28 | 2002-08-06 | Transystem, Inc. | Integrated MMDS antenna with reflector mounted on a totally sealed single-body dipole-transceiver base |
US6567482B1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2003-05-20 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and apparatus for efficient synchronization in spread spectrum communications |
US6690947B1 (en) | 1999-03-25 | 2004-02-10 | Kantan Inc. | Methods and apparatus for a flexible wireless communication and cellular telephone system |
JP3589986B2 (en) | 1999-04-22 | 2004-11-17 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Mobile communication device and intermittent reception control method |
CH690393A5 (en) | 1999-06-28 | 2000-08-15 | Armand D Touboul | Aircraft passenger stereophonic headset having two plastic holder jack aircraft configuration and breakable plastic section allowing single jack other stereophonic applications use |
US6208310B1 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2001-03-27 | Trw Inc. | Multimode choked antenna feed horn |
US6954859B1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2005-10-11 | Axcess, Inc. | Networked digital security system and methods |
US6789110B1 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2004-09-07 | Nomadix, Inc. | Information and control console for use with a network gateway interface |
AU1224201A (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2001-05-08 | Nomadix, Inc. | Systems and methods for dynamic bandwidth management on a per subscriber basis in a communications network |
US6868399B1 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2005-03-15 | Nomadix, Inc. | Systems and methods for integrating a network gateway device with management systems |
AU1224101A (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2001-05-08 | Nomadix, Inc. | Gateway device having an xml interface and associated method |
US6857009B1 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2005-02-15 | Nomadix, Inc. | System and method for network access without reconfiguration |
WO2001031855A2 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2001-05-03 | Nomadix, Inc. | Establishing dynamic tunnel access sessions in a communication network |
US7117526B1 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2006-10-03 | Nomadix, Inc. | Method and apparatus for establishing dynamic tunnel access sessions in a communication network |
US7197556B1 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2007-03-27 | Nomadix, Inc. | Location-based identification for use in a communications network |
AU1340401A (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2001-05-08 | Nomadix, Inc. | Systems and methods for redirecting users attempting to access a network site |
US6865169B1 (en) | 1999-11-02 | 2005-03-08 | Ipwireless, Inc. | Cellular wireless internet access system using spread spectrum and internet protocol |
US6320553B1 (en) | 1999-12-14 | 2001-11-20 | Harris Corporation | Multiple frequency reflector antenna with multiple feeds |
US6823223B2 (en) | 1999-12-30 | 2004-11-23 | Microsoft Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing distributed scene programming of a home automation and control system |
US7526539B1 (en) | 2000-01-04 | 2009-04-28 | Pni Corporation | Method and apparatus for a distributed home-automation-control (HAC) window |
AU2001232603A1 (en) | 2000-01-14 | 2001-07-24 | Addvalue Technologies Ltd. | Communication apparatus |
US6313798B1 (en) | 2000-01-21 | 2001-11-06 | Centurion Wireless Technologies, Inc. | Broadband microstrip antenna having a microstrip feedline trough formed in a radiating element |
US6813260B1 (en) * | 2000-03-16 | 2004-11-02 | Ericsson Inc. | Systems and methods for prioritized access in a contention based network |
US6643522B1 (en) | 2000-03-27 | 2003-11-04 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Method and apparatus providing simultaneous dual mode operations for radios in the shared spectrum |
US6252559B1 (en) | 2000-04-28 | 2001-06-26 | The Boeing Company | Multi-band and polarization-diversified antenna system |
EP2363774B1 (en) | 2000-05-01 | 2017-06-21 | iRobot Corporation | Method and system for remote control of mobile robot |
US6845297B2 (en) | 2000-05-01 | 2005-01-18 | Irobot Corporation | Method and system for remote control of mobile robot |
US6491545B1 (en) | 2000-05-05 | 2002-12-10 | Molex Incorporated | Modular shielded coaxial cable connector |
CN100379208C (en) | 2000-05-05 | 2008-04-02 | 诺玛迪克斯公司 | Network usage monitoring device and associated method |
WO2001089028A2 (en) | 2000-05-18 | 2001-11-22 | Ipaxis Holdings, Ltd. | Portable, self-contained transceiver for satellite communication |
JP3755865B2 (en) | 2000-06-26 | 2006-03-15 | 日本航空電子工業株式会社 | connector |
US6326922B1 (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2001-12-04 | Worldspace Corporation | Yagi antenna coupled with a low noise amplifier on the same printed circuit board |
US6522307B2 (en) | 2000-07-14 | 2003-02-18 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Antenna sharing apparatus of base station in W-CDMA system |
EP1303928B1 (en) | 2000-07-27 | 2005-09-14 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Adaptive uplink/downlink timeslot assignment in a hybrid wireless time division multiple access/code division multiple access communication system |
US7352770B1 (en) | 2000-08-04 | 2008-04-01 | Intellon Corporation | Media access control protocol with priority and contention-free intervals |
US6386913B1 (en) | 2000-08-14 | 2002-05-14 | Fci Usa, Inc. | Electrical connector for micro co-axial conductors |
US6411258B1 (en) | 2000-10-16 | 2002-06-25 | Andrew Corporation | Planar antenna array for point-to-point communications |
US6628521B2 (en) | 2000-11-06 | 2003-09-30 | Adc Telecommunications, Inc. | Mechanical housing |
ATE357752T1 (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2007-04-15 | Ems Technologies Inc | HIGH FREQUENCY ISOLATION CARD |
US7839926B1 (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2010-11-23 | Metzger Raymond R | Bandwidth management and control |
US20110058036A1 (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2011-03-10 | E-Watch, Inc. | Bandwidth management and control |
AU2002242067A1 (en) | 2001-01-30 | 2002-08-12 | Nomadix, Inc. | Methods and systems providing fair queuing and priority scheduling to enhance quality of service in a network |
US6507324B2 (en) | 2001-02-06 | 2003-01-14 | Harris Broadband Wireless Access, Inc. | Antenna quick connect/disconnect system and method |
GB2372174B (en) | 2001-02-12 | 2003-07-16 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Intermediate frequency planning in radio transmitters and receivers |
US6462710B1 (en) | 2001-02-16 | 2002-10-08 | Ems Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for producing dual polarization states with controlled RF beamwidths |
US6563473B2 (en) | 2001-02-22 | 2003-05-13 | Ems Technologies Canada, Ltd. | Low sidelobe contiguous-parabolic reflector array |
US6480167B2 (en) * | 2001-03-08 | 2002-11-12 | Gabriel Electronics Incorporated | Flat panel array antenna |
US7840652B2 (en) | 2001-03-21 | 2010-11-23 | Ascentive Llc | System and method for determining network configuration settings that provide optimal network performance |
US6386914B1 (en) | 2001-03-26 | 2002-05-14 | Amphenol Corporation | Electrical connector having mixed grounded and non-grounded contacts |
US7065051B2 (en) | 2001-03-27 | 2006-06-20 | Intel Corporation | Management and scheduling of data that is wirelessly transmitted between a base transceiver station and subscriber units |
JP2002299940A (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2002-10-11 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Parabolic antenna |
US7065326B2 (en) | 2001-05-02 | 2006-06-20 | Trex Enterprises Corporation | Millimeter wave communications system with a high performance modulator circuit |
US7155196B1 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2006-12-26 | Cypress Semiconductor Corp. | Intermediate frequency tuner |
US6566976B2 (en) | 2001-06-12 | 2003-05-20 | Northrop Grumman Corporation | Symmetric orthomode coupler for cellular application |
KR20020095556A (en) | 2001-06-14 | 2002-12-27 | (주)유피텍 | RF communication device with separated-antennas for receiving and transmitting |
US6593892B2 (en) | 2001-07-03 | 2003-07-15 | Tyco Electronics Logistics Ag | Collinear coaxial slot-fed-biconical array antenna |
US7136361B2 (en) | 2001-07-05 | 2006-11-14 | At&T Corp. | Hybrid coordination function (HCF) access through tiered contention and overlapped wireless cell mitigation |
US7639196B2 (en) * | 2001-07-10 | 2009-12-29 | Andrew Llc | Cellular antenna and systems and methods therefor |
GB0117578D0 (en) | 2001-07-19 | 2001-09-12 | Zarlink Semiconductor Ltd | Tuner |
JP2003060371A (en) | 2001-08-16 | 2003-02-28 | Nec Corp | Radiating structure of communication apparatus cabinet |
JP2003152419A (en) | 2001-08-28 | 2003-05-23 | Toshiba Corp | Antenna assembly |
US7130590B2 (en) | 2001-09-07 | 2006-10-31 | Remec Broadband Wireless Holdings, Inc. | Transceiver assembly |
ATE287597T1 (en) | 2001-10-16 | 2005-02-15 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | SYNCHRONIZATION OF MOBILE DEVICES IN A TIME MULTIPLEX DUPLEX (TDD) CDMA SYSTEM |
WO2003041218A1 (en) * | 2001-11-09 | 2003-05-15 | Ems Technologies, Inc. | Beamformer for multi-beam broadcast antenna |
JP3997890B2 (en) | 2001-11-13 | 2007-10-24 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Transmission method and transmission apparatus |
US6650294B2 (en) | 2001-11-26 | 2003-11-18 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Compact broadband antenna |
EP1316933B1 (en) | 2001-11-28 | 2006-08-09 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Home security system |
US7483984B1 (en) | 2001-12-19 | 2009-01-27 | Boingo Wireless, Inc. | Method and apparatus for accessing networks by a mobile device |
US7471667B2 (en) | 2002-01-09 | 2008-12-30 | Nxp B.V. | Coexistence of modulation schemes in a WLAN |
US6824281B2 (en) | 2002-01-31 | 2004-11-30 | Donnelly Corporation | Vehicle accessory module |
US6844862B1 (en) | 2002-02-11 | 2005-01-18 | Lockheed Martin Corporation | Wide angle paraconic reflector antenna |
US6738582B1 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2004-05-18 | Martisse Networks | Synchronization system for all optical slotted ring dynamic networks |
US7117043B1 (en) | 2002-03-28 | 2006-10-03 | Integrator.Com | Method for programming a programmable logic controller |
US6788258B2 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2004-09-07 | Arc Wireless Solutions, Inc. | Partially shared antenna aperture |
US7254191B2 (en) | 2002-04-22 | 2007-08-07 | Cognio, Inc. | System and method for real-time spectrum analysis in a radio device |
US7221917B2 (en) | 2002-05-01 | 2007-05-22 | Ibiquity Digital Corporation | Adjacent channel interference mitigation for FM digital audio broadcasting receivers |
US7371965B2 (en) | 2002-05-09 | 2008-05-13 | Finisar Corporation | Modular cage with heat sink for use with pluggable module |
KR100440583B1 (en) | 2002-05-16 | 2004-07-19 | 한국전자통신연구원 | A Method and Apparatus of Management and Control of UPnP Device in Home Network from the Internet |
US6618017B1 (en) | 2002-05-20 | 2003-09-09 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | GPS conformal antenna having a parasitic element |
US7212837B1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2007-05-01 | Airespace, Inc. | Method and system for hierarchical processing of protocol information in a wireless LAN |
US7113763B2 (en) | 2002-06-03 | 2006-09-26 | Nokia Corporation | Bluetooth access point and remote bluetooth modules for powerline based networking |
US6817876B2 (en) | 2002-06-07 | 2004-11-16 | Switchcraft, Inc. | High frequency coaxial jack |
US20030233660A1 (en) | 2002-06-18 | 2003-12-18 | Bellsouth Intellectual Property Corporation | Device interaction |
US7295812B2 (en) | 2002-06-26 | 2007-11-13 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus providing adaptable current consumption for mobile station based on macrocell/microcell determination |
JP4003591B2 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2007-11-07 | ソニー株式会社 | Monitoring system, monitoring method and program |
US7752334B2 (en) | 2002-10-15 | 2010-07-06 | Nomadix, Inc. | Intelligent network address translator and methods for network address translation |
US8208364B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-06-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO system with multiple spatial multiplexing modes |
US7030831B2 (en) | 2002-11-14 | 2006-04-18 | Wifi-Plus, Inc. | Multi-polarized feeds for dish antennas |
JP2004186769A (en) | 2002-11-29 | 2004-07-02 | Toshiba Corp | Communication system, communication control method, and communication control terminal |
US7548531B2 (en) | 2002-12-16 | 2009-06-16 | Avaya Inc. | Poll scheduling for periodic traffic sources |
US6679728B1 (en) | 2002-12-27 | 2004-01-20 | Insert Enterprise Co., Ltd. | Mini BNC connector |
US7050765B2 (en) | 2003-01-08 | 2006-05-23 | Xytrans, Inc. | Highly integrated microwave outdoor unit (ODU) |
JP4325219B2 (en) | 2003-02-26 | 2009-09-02 | 日本電気株式会社 | Electronic device casing structure and method for adjusting the pressure inside the sealed casing |
US6999042B2 (en) | 2003-03-03 | 2006-02-14 | Andrew Corporation | Low visual impact monopole tower for wireless communications |
JP3947122B2 (en) | 2003-03-24 | 2007-07-18 | 株式会社オートネットワーク技術研究所 | Wire connection structure to equipment shield case |
US7643794B2 (en) * | 2003-04-07 | 2010-01-05 | Yoram Ofek | Multi-sector antenna apparatus |
US7095321B2 (en) | 2003-04-14 | 2006-08-22 | American Power Conversion Corporation | Extensible sensor monitoring, alert processing and notification system and method |
US6879287B2 (en) | 2003-05-24 | 2005-04-12 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Packaged integrated antenna for circular and linear polarizations |
JP3880554B2 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2007-02-14 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Space division multiple access wireless medium access controller |
DE602004021816D1 (en) | 2003-08-01 | 2009-08-13 | Nxp Bv | BSS SWITCH MODULE FOR MOBILE DEVICES |
US20050048835A1 (en) | 2003-08-27 | 2005-03-03 | Darren Clark | Coaxial cable splitter connector |
US8351914B2 (en) | 2003-08-29 | 2013-01-08 | Sony Mobile Communications Ab | Method and system for registration of licensed modules in mobile devices |
KR100519968B1 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2005-10-13 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Digital cable receiver capable of improving a reception performance for addition signal in Out-Of-Band and a mehtod receiving thereof |
US7683940B2 (en) | 2003-09-12 | 2010-03-23 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Streaming non-continuous video data |
US8161528B2 (en) * | 2003-10-07 | 2012-04-17 | Xr Communications, Llc | Detecting wireless interlopers |
US6997753B2 (en) | 2003-10-22 | 2006-02-14 | Gore Enterprise Holdings, Inc. | Apparatus, system and method for improved calibration and measurement of differential devices |
US7991379B2 (en) | 2003-12-19 | 2011-08-02 | Vixs Systems, Inc. | RF transmitter and receiver front-end |
GB0329783D0 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2004-01-28 | Roke Manor Research | TDD for satcom application |
US7785138B2 (en) | 2004-01-12 | 2010-08-31 | Ortronics, Inc. | Wireless access point installation on an outlet box |
US6980169B2 (en) * | 2004-01-16 | 2005-12-27 | Vivato, Inc. | Electromagnetic lens |
US8031650B2 (en) | 2004-03-03 | 2011-10-04 | Sipco, Llc | System and method for monitoring remote devices with a dual-mode wireless communication protocol |
CN100544559C (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2009-09-23 | 日本电气株式会社 | The via transmission lines that is used for multilayer board |
US9729342B2 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2017-08-08 | Icontrol Networks, Inc. | Defining and implementing sensor triggered response rules |
US10156959B2 (en) | 2005-03-16 | 2018-12-18 | Icontrol Networks, Inc. | Cross-client sensor user interface in an integrated security network |
US7086898B2 (en) | 2004-03-25 | 2006-08-08 | Adc Telecommunications, Inc. | Coaxial cable Y-splitter assembly with an integral splitter body and method |
US7430442B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2008-09-30 | Shiping He | Miniature bidirectional amplifier |
US7366464B2 (en) | 2004-06-04 | 2008-04-29 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Access point operating with a smart antenna in a WLAN and associated methods |
US7079079B2 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-07-18 | Skycross, Inc. | Low profile compact multi-band meanderline loaded antenna |
JP3995004B2 (en) | 2004-07-12 | 2007-10-24 | 日本電気株式会社 | Null fill antenna, omni antenna, radio equipment |
JP4608988B2 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2011-01-12 | 船井電機株式会社 | Digital television broadcast signal receiver |
US6998538B1 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2006-02-14 | Ulectra Corporation | Integrated power and data insulated electrical cable having a metallic outer jacket |
JP4426936B2 (en) | 2004-09-14 | 2010-03-03 | 株式会社ゼネラル リサーチ オブ エレクトロニックス | Scanning receiver |
US7630724B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2009-12-08 | Advanced Ground Information Systems, Inc. | Method of providing a cellular phone/PDA communication system |
US7555658B2 (en) | 2004-09-30 | 2009-06-30 | Regents Of The University Of California | Embedded electronics building blocks for user-configurable monitor/control networks |
US20060079230A1 (en) | 2004-10-13 | 2006-04-13 | Russell Thomas C | System and methods for redundant networks |
KR20070110829A (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2007-11-20 | 프록심 와이어리스 코포레이션 | System and method of polarity reversal for reload detection |
US8000737B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2011-08-16 | Sky Cross, Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for adaptively controlling antenna parameters to enhance efficiency and maintain antenna size compactness |
US7542572B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2009-06-02 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Method for securely and automatically configuring access points |
US7499700B2 (en) | 2004-12-10 | 2009-03-03 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for mobile station management and system |
US7917092B2 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2011-03-29 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Beam selection apparatus and method in voice over internet protocol over switched beam wireless local area network |
EP1672742B1 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2008-04-30 | Verigy (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Pin Connector |
JP4810437B2 (en) | 2004-12-21 | 2011-11-09 | パナソニック株式会社 | Wireless node power management method |
US7136286B2 (en) | 2005-01-10 | 2006-11-14 | Aaeon Technology Inc. | Industrial computer with aluminum case having fins as radiating device |
US20060209876A1 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2006-09-21 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Access point using directional antennas for uplink transmission in a WLAN |
WO2006084331A1 (en) | 2005-02-11 | 2006-08-17 | Nsynergy Pty Ltd | Communication system |
US8825871B2 (en) | 2005-03-16 | 2014-09-02 | Icontrol Networks, Inc. | Controlling data routing among networks |
WO2006110308A2 (en) | 2005-03-28 | 2006-10-19 | Radiolink Networks, Inc. | Aligned duplex antennae with high isolation |
US7696940B1 (en) | 2005-05-04 | 2010-04-13 | hField Technologies, Inc. | Wireless networking adapter and variable beam width antenna |
US7593230B2 (en) | 2005-05-05 | 2009-09-22 | Sensys Medical, Inc. | Apparatus for absorbing and dissipating excess heat generated by a system |
US7898480B2 (en) | 2005-05-05 | 2011-03-01 | Automotive Systems Labortaory, Inc. | Antenna |
US20060253205A1 (en) | 2005-05-09 | 2006-11-09 | Michael Gardiner | Method and apparatus for tabular process control |
US7542752B2 (en) | 2005-05-13 | 2009-06-02 | Go Net Systems Ltd. | Method and device for adjacent channels operation |
US20060268760A1 (en) * | 2005-05-17 | 2006-11-30 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. | Medium access control in wireless local area networks with multi-beam access point |
US7274975B2 (en) | 2005-06-06 | 2007-09-25 | Gridpoint, Inc. | Optimized energy management system |
TWI264881B (en) | 2005-06-13 | 2006-10-21 | Airoha Technology Inc | Method and apparatus for RF signal demodulation |
US7286095B2 (en) | 2005-06-20 | 2007-10-23 | Harris Corporation | Inverted feed discone antenna and related methods |
US7353114B1 (en) | 2005-06-27 | 2008-04-01 | Google Inc. | Markup language for an interactive geographic information system |
US7733835B2 (en) | 2005-07-20 | 2010-06-08 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and system for reducing power consumption of a wireless transmit/receive unit |
KR100736043B1 (en) | 2005-08-17 | 2007-07-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Tuner and Broadcast signal receiver including the same |
US7272001B2 (en) | 2005-09-09 | 2007-09-18 | King Young Technology Co., Ltd. | External conductive heat dissipating device for microcomputers |
US20070075909A1 (en) | 2005-10-03 | 2007-04-05 | Andrew Corporation | Integrated Satellite Communications Outdoor Unit |
US7272129B2 (en) | 2005-10-13 | 2007-09-18 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for synchronizing a node within an ad-hoc communication system |
JP2009514310A (en) | 2005-10-28 | 2009-04-02 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ | Multiple antenna transmission with variable diversity gain |
US8042048B2 (en) | 2005-11-17 | 2011-10-18 | Att Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | System and method for home automation |
US8160664B1 (en) | 2005-12-05 | 2012-04-17 | Meru Networks | Omni-directional antenna supporting simultaneous transmission and reception of multiple radios with narrow frequency separation |
CN101322315B (en) | 2005-12-05 | 2012-03-28 | Nxp股份有限公司 | Feedforward sigma-delta ad converter with an optimized built-in filter function |
JP2007156779A (en) | 2005-12-05 | 2007-06-21 | Hitachi Ltd | Sensor network system, base station and relay method for sensing data |
KR100807321B1 (en) | 2005-12-13 | 2008-02-28 | 주식회사 케이엠더블유 | Adjustable beam antenna for mobile communication base station |
JP4647486B2 (en) | 2005-12-27 | 2011-03-09 | 京セラ株式会社 | Transceiver circuit |
US7715800B2 (en) | 2006-01-13 | 2010-05-11 | Airdefense, Inc. | Systems and methods for wireless intrusion detection using spectral analysis |
FR2896891B1 (en) | 2006-01-27 | 2008-08-22 | Legrand Snc | REMOVABLE ELECTRICAL POWER INJECTION DEVICE FOR ETHERNET NETWORK |
JP4901233B2 (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2012-03-21 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Monitoring system, monitoring method, and monitoring program |
US7477917B2 (en) | 2006-03-02 | 2009-01-13 | Broadcom Corporation | RFID reader integrated with wireless communication device |
US7532908B2 (en) | 2006-03-02 | 2009-05-12 | Broadcom Corporation | Transceiver and method for combining RFID amplitude-modulated data with wireless phase-modulated data |
JP4574679B2 (en) | 2006-03-16 | 2010-11-04 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Antenna device or manufacturing method thereof |
US7881690B2 (en) | 2006-04-07 | 2011-02-01 | Belair Networks Inc. | System and method for zero intermediate frequency filtering of information communicated in wireless networks |
US7734038B2 (en) | 2006-05-01 | 2010-06-08 | Ortronics, Inc. | Electrical receptacle with open corner region |
US7382329B2 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2008-06-03 | Duk Yong Kim | Variable beam controlling antenna for a mobile communication base station |
EP2030342A2 (en) | 2006-05-30 | 2009-03-04 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and apparatus for scaling a signal for improving performance of a receiver in a mimo system |
US7656345B2 (en) * | 2006-06-13 | 2010-02-02 | Ball Aerospace & Technoloiges Corp. | Low-profile lens method and apparatus for mechanical steering of aperture antennas |
CN101090011B (en) | 2006-06-14 | 2010-09-22 | 北京富纳特创新科技有限公司 | Electromagnetic shielded cable |
US7620477B2 (en) | 2006-07-05 | 2009-11-17 | Battelle Energy Alliance, Llc | Robotic intelligence kernel |
US7974738B2 (en) | 2006-07-05 | 2011-07-05 | Battelle Energy Alliance, Llc | Robotics virtual rail system and method |
US8073564B2 (en) | 2006-07-05 | 2011-12-06 | Battelle Energy Alliance, Llc | Multi-robot control interface |
US7584020B2 (en) | 2006-07-05 | 2009-09-01 | Battelle Energy Alliance, Llc | Occupancy change detection system and method |
US7587260B2 (en) | 2006-07-05 | 2009-09-08 | Battelle Energy Alliance, Llc | Autonomous navigation system and method |
US7668621B2 (en) | 2006-07-05 | 2010-02-23 | The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy | Robotic guarded motion system and method |
US7801644B2 (en) | 2006-07-05 | 2010-09-21 | Battelle Energy Alliance, Llc | Generic robot architecture |
US8271132B2 (en) | 2008-03-13 | 2012-09-18 | Battelle Energy Alliance, Llc | System and method for seamless task-directed autonomy for robots |
WO2008125905A2 (en) | 2006-08-08 | 2008-10-23 | Nortel Networks Limited | Method and system for wireless communication in multiple operating environments |
EP2052499B1 (en) | 2006-08-18 | 2016-11-02 | Wifi Rail, Inc. | System and method of wirelessly communicating with mobile devices |
US20080051053A1 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2008-02-28 | Orest Fedan | Dynamic, low if, image interference avoidance receiver |
US20080048927A1 (en) | 2006-08-25 | 2008-02-28 | Fumikazu Hoshi | Variable directivity antenna and information processing device |
US7636559B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2009-12-22 | Microtune (Texas), L.P. | RF filter adjustment based on LC variation |
US20080056125A1 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2008-03-06 | Nokia Corporation | Congestion control in a wireless network |
CN101536462B (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2013-12-04 | 诺玛迪克斯公司 | Systems and methods for injecting content |
US7796632B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2010-09-14 | Motorola, Inc. | Transmission channel bandwidth selection for communications between multi-bandwidth nodes |
US8265563B2 (en) | 2006-10-31 | 2012-09-11 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Techniques for enhanced co-existence of co-located radios |
US7419397B2 (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2008-09-02 | Caterpillar Inc. | High voltage connector assembly |
US8604989B1 (en) * | 2006-11-22 | 2013-12-10 | Randall B. Olsen | Steerable antenna |
US7848263B2 (en) | 2006-11-28 | 2010-12-07 | Marvell International, Ltd. | Simplified auto-configuration and service discovery in ad-hoc networks |
US8619136B2 (en) | 2006-12-01 | 2013-12-31 | Centurylink Intellectual Property Llc | System and method for home monitoring using a set top box |
TWM317657U (en) | 2006-12-08 | 2007-08-21 | Advanced Connectek Inc | Antenna array |
FR2910655B1 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2009-02-27 | Thales Sa | METHOD FOR RESERVATION AND DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF TIME CRANES IN A NETWORK WITH SERVICE GUARANTEE |
US9635680B2 (en) | 2006-12-28 | 2017-04-25 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Method and apparatus for multiplexing signals having different protocols |
US8232919B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2012-07-31 | Broadcom Corporation | Integrated circuit MEMs antenna structure |
KR100826381B1 (en) | 2007-01-02 | 2008-05-02 | 삼성전기주식회사 | Apparatus for estimating distance capable of adjusting coverage and resolution |
US20080165735A1 (en) | 2007-01-05 | 2008-07-10 | Jen-Jee Chen | Handoff method of mobile device utilizing dynamic tunnel |
JP4928275B2 (en) | 2007-01-10 | 2012-05-09 | キヤノン株式会社 | Camera control apparatus and control method thereof |
US7791466B2 (en) | 2007-01-12 | 2010-09-07 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for event detection utilizing sensor based surveillance |
US7865252B2 (en) | 2007-01-26 | 2011-01-04 | Autani Corporation | Upgradeable automation devices, systems, architectures, and methods |
JP4413934B2 (en) | 2007-02-08 | 2010-02-10 | 株式会社東芝 | Wireless communication apparatus and wireless communication method |
KR100866629B1 (en) | 2007-02-27 | 2008-11-03 | 주식회사 엠티아이 | Self-diplexing antenna for improved TX/Rx and antenna isolation |
JP5061650B2 (en) | 2007-02-28 | 2012-10-31 | ソニー株式会社 | Electronic equipment unit |
US7675911B2 (en) | 2007-03-01 | 2010-03-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for acknowledgements in wireless communications |
KR20090115981A (en) | 2007-03-02 | 2009-11-10 | 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 | Use of a filterbank in an adaptive on-channel repeater utilizing adaptive antenna arrays |
US7978656B2 (en) | 2007-03-26 | 2011-07-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Sequence numbering for distributed wireless networks |
KR101159255B1 (en) | 2007-04-29 | 2012-06-25 | 차이나 모바일 커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 | The apparatus, system for processing internetwork communication and communication connection-adaptation method |
US7764504B2 (en) | 2007-05-16 | 2010-07-27 | Tyco Electronics Corporation | Heat transfer system for a receptacle assembly |
US9444633B2 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2016-09-13 | Centurylink Intellectual Property Llc | Method and apparatus for providing power over a data network |
US8310335B2 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2012-11-13 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Network-based access and control of home automation systems |
JP4980306B2 (en) * | 2007-09-07 | 2012-07-18 | シャープ株式会社 | Wireless communication device |
US7557764B2 (en) | 2007-10-11 | 2009-07-07 | Krajicek William F | Means for mounting a portable satellite antenna on a vehicle |
US8154398B2 (en) | 2007-10-23 | 2012-04-10 | La Crosse Technology | Remote location monitoring |
US8385869B2 (en) | 2007-11-07 | 2013-02-26 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Embedded module receiver noise profiling |
FR2923323B1 (en) | 2007-11-07 | 2011-04-08 | Alcatel Lucent | ANTENNA WITH REFLECTIVE TRAP |
US20090157844A1 (en) | 2007-12-13 | 2009-06-18 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Network automatic discovery method and system |
JP4871949B2 (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2012-02-08 | 原田工業株式会社 | Patch antenna device |
US20090191751A1 (en) | 2008-01-28 | 2009-07-30 | Lockheed Martin Corporation | Coaxial cable alignment enhancer for use within coaxial cable assemblies so as to ensure the proper coaxial disposition of the coaxial cable contact members of coaxial cable electrical connectors |
US8446327B2 (en) | 2008-02-01 | 2013-05-21 | Powerwave Technologies, Inc. | Compound two-way antenna with installation compensator |
AU2009212093B2 (en) | 2008-02-04 | 2014-02-20 | Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation | Circularly polarised array antenna |
US20090231196A1 (en) * | 2008-03-11 | 2009-09-17 | Huaning Niu | Mmwave wpan communication system with fast adaptive beam tracking |
JP4467623B2 (en) | 2008-03-19 | 2010-05-26 | 富士通株式会社 | Update management program, management node, update management method, and cluster system |
US8228257B2 (en) | 2008-03-21 | 2012-07-24 | First Rf Corporation | Broadband antenna system allowing multiple stacked collinear devices |
US8451819B2 (en) | 2008-03-26 | 2013-05-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for uplink frame synchronization in a subscriber station |
DK2260646T3 (en) | 2008-03-28 | 2019-04-23 | On Net Surveillance Systems Inc | METHOD AND SYSTEMS FOR VIDEO COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS THEREOF |
US8666420B2 (en) | 2008-04-02 | 2014-03-04 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Building wireless routing structures using out of band signaling |
US20130031201A1 (en) | 2008-04-03 | 2013-01-31 | Electro Industries/Gauge Tech | Intelligent electronic device communication solutions for network topologies |
US8300615B2 (en) | 2008-04-04 | 2012-10-30 | Powerwave Cognition, Inc. | Synchronization of time in a mobile ad-hoc network |
US7845837B2 (en) | 2008-04-10 | 2010-12-07 | Burton Technologies, Llc | Push-in socket assembly |
US8270767B2 (en) | 2008-04-16 | 2012-09-18 | Johnson Controls Technology Company | Systems and methods for providing immersive displays of video camera information from a plurality of cameras |
US20120077504A1 (en) | 2008-05-02 | 2012-03-29 | Spx Corporation | Super Economical Broadcast System |
US20090286569A1 (en) | 2008-05-19 | 2009-11-19 | Nokia Corporation | Apparatus method and computer program for interference reduction |
US8232924B2 (en) | 2008-05-23 | 2012-07-31 | Alliant Techsystems Inc. | Broadband patch antenna and antenna system |
ITRM20080282A1 (en) * | 2008-05-29 | 2009-11-30 | Rf Microtech S R L | SCANNED FLAT ANTENNA. |
US8249105B2 (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2012-08-21 | Motorola Solutions, Inc. | Method for aggregating frames in a wireless communication network |
US20090307255A1 (en) | 2008-06-06 | 2009-12-10 | Johnson Controls Technology Company | Graphical management of building devices |
US20090312044A1 (en) * | 2008-06-13 | 2009-12-17 | Ari Hottinen | Channel Estimation, Scheduling, and Resource Allocation using Pilot Channel Measurements |
US8351551B2 (en) | 2008-06-14 | 2013-01-08 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Opportunistic intermediate frequency selection for communication receivers |
US8289940B2 (en) * | 2008-07-15 | 2012-10-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | System and method for channel access in dual rate wireless networks |
US8429435B1 (en) | 2008-07-25 | 2013-04-23 | Autani Corporation | Automation devices, systems, architectures, and methods for energy management and other applications |
JP5537000B2 (en) | 2008-08-13 | 2014-07-02 | 富士通株式会社 | Multimedia broadcasting / broadcasting service communication control method and apparatus |
KR100995082B1 (en) | 2008-08-13 | 2010-11-18 | 한국전자통신연구원 | System for controlling the temperature of antenna module |
US8350763B2 (en) | 2008-08-14 | 2013-01-08 | Rappaport Theodore S | Active antennas for multiple bands in wireless portable devices |
US7973718B2 (en) | 2008-08-28 | 2011-07-05 | Hong Kong Applied Science And Technology Research Institute Co., Ltd. | Systems and methods employing coupling elements to increase antenna isolation |
US8170606B2 (en) | 2008-10-15 | 2012-05-01 | Apple Inc. | Dynamic thermal control for wireless transceivers |
US20100097473A1 (en) | 2008-10-20 | 2010-04-22 | Johnson Controls Technology Company | Device for connecting video cameras to networks and clients |
US8060582B2 (en) | 2008-10-22 | 2011-11-15 | Google Inc. | Geocoding personal information |
WO2010049113A1 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2010-05-06 | Nec Europe Ltd. | A method for entry of a base station into a network and a network |
KR101658817B1 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2016-09-22 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Data forwwarding method and system for vertical handover |
US20100115415A1 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2010-05-06 | Hickey James P | Graphic for network switches |
RU2380802C1 (en) | 2008-11-17 | 2010-01-27 | Джи-хо Ан | Compact multibeam mirror antenna |
CN102301527B (en) * | 2008-11-28 | 2015-06-24 | 日立化成工业株式会社 | Multibeam Antenna Device |
US8165041B2 (en) | 2008-12-15 | 2012-04-24 | Microsoft Corporation | Peer to multi-peer routing |
US20100152897A1 (en) | 2008-12-16 | 2010-06-17 | MULLER Jeffrey | Method & apparatus for controlling the attitude of a camera associated with a robotic device |
US8306634B2 (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2012-11-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Adaptive and user location-based power saving system |
US8072384B2 (en) | 2009-01-14 | 2011-12-06 | Laird Technologies, Inc. | Dual-polarized antenna modules |
KR101286873B1 (en) * | 2009-01-29 | 2013-07-16 | 히타치가세이가부시끼가이샤 | Multi-beam antenna apparatus |
US8224496B2 (en) | 2009-02-20 | 2012-07-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Modular power control system to manage power consumption |
US20100232400A1 (en) | 2009-03-11 | 2010-09-16 | Sony Corporation | Virtualizing single radio for multiple wireless interfaces in home mesh network |
US8031744B2 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2011-10-04 | Microsoft Corporation | Full-duplex wireless communications |
USD618630S1 (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2010-06-29 | Foxsemicon Integrated Technology, Inc. | Heat dissipation apparatus |
US20100283707A1 (en) | 2009-04-06 | 2010-11-11 | Senglee Foo | Dual-polarized dual-band broad beamwidth directive patch antenna |
US20110090880A1 (en) | 2009-04-09 | 2011-04-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wireless communication utilizing mixed protocols |
US8289910B2 (en) | 2009-04-24 | 2012-10-16 | Kathrein-Werke Kg | Device for receiving and transmitting mobile telephony signals with multiple transmit-receive branches |
US8638211B2 (en) | 2009-04-30 | 2014-01-28 | Icontrol Networks, Inc. | Configurable controller and interface for home SMA, phone and multimedia |
US20100298957A1 (en) | 2009-05-15 | 2010-11-25 | Synergy Elements, Inc. | Multi-function sensor for home automation |
WO2010135372A1 (en) | 2009-05-18 | 2010-11-25 | Alarm.Com Incorporated | Remote device control and energy monitoring |
CN101895017A (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2010-11-24 | 旭丽电子(广州)有限公司 | Built-in multi-antenna module |
US8255469B2 (en) | 2009-05-29 | 2012-08-28 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus for locating communities over an ad-hoc mesh network |
US8493279B2 (en) | 2009-06-04 | 2013-07-23 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Antenna feed system |
US9496620B2 (en) | 2013-02-04 | 2016-11-15 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Radio system for long-range high-speed wireless communication |
US8466847B2 (en) | 2009-06-04 | 2013-06-18 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Microwave system |
US8836601B2 (en) | 2013-02-04 | 2014-09-16 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Dual receiver/transmitter radio devices with choke |
US8077113B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2011-12-13 | Andrew Llc | Radome and shroud enclosure for reflector antenna |
US20110030037A1 (en) | 2009-07-07 | 2011-02-03 | Vadim Olshansky | Zone migration in network access |
US7934952B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2011-05-03 | Ubiquiti Networks | Coaxial cable connector system and method |
US8400997B2 (en) | 2009-08-01 | 2013-03-19 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Wireless network communication system and method |
USD621796S1 (en) | 2009-08-14 | 2010-08-17 | Foxsemicon Integrated Technology, Inc. | Heat dissipation apparatus |
US9277021B2 (en) | 2009-08-21 | 2016-03-01 | Avaya Inc. | Sending a user associated telecommunication address |
US20110053536A1 (en) | 2009-09-03 | 2011-03-03 | Provigent Ltd | Receiver with re-demodulation |
US8184061B2 (en) | 2009-09-16 | 2012-05-22 | Ubiquiti Networks | Antenna system and method |
US8184064B2 (en) | 2009-09-16 | 2012-05-22 | Ubiquiti Networks | Antenna system and method |
US9281561B2 (en) | 2009-09-21 | 2016-03-08 | Kvh Industries, Inc. | Multi-band antenna system for satellite communications |
US7924564B1 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2011-04-12 | Raytheon Company | Integrated antenna structure with an embedded cooling channel |
USD622230S1 (en) | 2009-11-02 | 2010-08-24 | Foxsemicon Integrated Technology, Inc. | Heat dissipation apparatus |
US8219059B2 (en) | 2009-11-13 | 2012-07-10 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Adjacent channel optimized receiver |
US8830267B2 (en) | 2009-11-16 | 2014-09-09 | Alliance For Sustainable Energy, Llc | Augmented reality building operations tool |
US9083083B2 (en) | 2009-12-11 | 2015-07-14 | Commscope Technologies Llc | Radome attachment band clamp |
JP5417151B2 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2014-02-12 | 株式会社東芝 | Optical wiring cable and optical power control method |
US9100815B2 (en) | 2010-01-25 | 2015-08-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Physical-layer system prioritization and communication session management within a wireless communications system |
AU2011223452A1 (en) * | 2010-03-05 | 2012-09-06 | University Of Windsor | Radar system and method of manufacturing same |
WO2011109918A1 (en) | 2010-03-08 | 2011-09-15 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Method, network element and system for scheduling communication link |
US8781423B2 (en) | 2010-04-14 | 2014-07-15 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Signal interference detection and avoidance via spectral analysis |
GB2479916A (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2011-11-02 | Nec Corp | Access rights management of locally held data based on network connection status of mobile device |
US8715016B2 (en) | 2010-05-25 | 2014-05-06 | Tyco Electronics Corporation | Electrical connector with signal and power connections |
IL214032A0 (en) | 2010-07-12 | 2012-01-31 | Joseph Caspin | System and method for friend identification |
US8774880B2 (en) | 2010-07-23 | 2014-07-08 | Blackberry Limited | Mobile wireless communications device with electrically conductive continuous ring and related methods |
US8724605B2 (en) * | 2010-07-29 | 2014-05-13 | Nec Laboratories America, Inc. | Multicast video and data delivery with beamforming antennas in indoor wireless networks |
US8607054B2 (en) | 2010-10-15 | 2013-12-10 | Microsoft Corporation | Remote access to hosted virtual machines by enterprise users |
US8537540B2 (en) | 2010-11-02 | 2013-09-17 | Technology Advancement Group, Inc. | Field serviceable CPU module |
US8375118B2 (en) | 2010-11-18 | 2013-02-12 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Smart home device management |
JP5204835B2 (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2013-06-05 | 株式会社バッファロー | Wireless LAN apparatus and control method thereof |
US20120176608A1 (en) | 2011-01-07 | 2012-07-12 | Mccown James Charles | System and method for antenna alignment |
EP2479969B1 (en) | 2011-01-25 | 2013-11-20 | Escaux NV | A network abstraction gateway and corresponding method to abstract an endpoint |
US8941976B1 (en) | 2011-01-25 | 2015-01-27 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Configurable powerline Ethernet adapter and power supply |
TWI442200B (en) | 2011-03-02 | 2014-06-21 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Method and apparatus of binding sensors and actuators automatically |
US8554043B2 (en) | 2011-04-06 | 2013-10-08 | Preformed Line Products Company | Adaptable connection enclosure |
JP5722112B2 (en) | 2011-04-22 | 2015-05-20 | 日本無線株式会社 | Double-reflector antenna feeder |
US8489065B2 (en) | 2011-05-03 | 2013-07-16 | Robert M Green | Mobile device controller application for any security system |
CN202103167U (en) * | 2011-05-18 | 2012-01-04 | 东南大学 | Flat lens antenna based on magnetic resonance structure |
US8977733B1 (en) | 2011-07-01 | 2015-03-10 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Configuring host network parameters without powering on a host server |
US8718560B2 (en) | 2011-07-07 | 2014-05-06 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Dynamic clear channel assessment using spectrum intelligent interference nulling |
US8666319B2 (en) | 2011-07-15 | 2014-03-04 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Mitigating effects of identified interference with adaptive CCA threshold |
CA2842816A1 (en) | 2011-08-04 | 2013-02-07 | Vivint, Inc. | System automation via an alarm system |
US8649418B1 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2014-02-11 | CBF Networks, Inc. | Enhancement of the channel propagation matrix order and rank for a wireless channel |
EP3567736A1 (en) | 2011-08-19 | 2019-11-13 | Quintel Cayman Limited | Method and apparatus for providing elevation plane spatial beamforming |
US9247512B2 (en) | 2011-08-25 | 2016-01-26 | Ubiquiti Networks | Adaptive synchronous protocol for minimizing latency in TDD systems |
US9014733B2 (en) * | 2011-09-16 | 2015-04-21 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for beam allocation in wireless communication system |
KR101878211B1 (en) * | 2011-09-19 | 2018-07-16 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for operating multiple beamforming transceiver in wireless communication system |
US8478450B2 (en) | 2011-10-04 | 2013-07-02 | Advanergy, Inc. | Power control system and method |
KR101872977B1 (en) | 2011-11-09 | 2018-07-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Communication device and method for generating beam forming link |
KR101931601B1 (en) | 2011-11-17 | 2019-03-13 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for handling security key to authenticate with a mobile station in a radio communication system |
US20130201316A1 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2013-08-08 | May Patents Ltd. | System and method for server based control |
US8736503B2 (en) | 2012-01-30 | 2014-05-27 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army | Compact Rotman lens using metamaterials |
US8723747B2 (en) | 2012-03-20 | 2014-05-13 | Kvh Industries, Inc. | Polarization phase device and a feed assembly using the same in the antenna system |
US9225071B2 (en) | 2012-04-06 | 2015-12-29 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Antenna assembly for long-range high-speed wireless communications |
US10090603B2 (en) | 2012-05-30 | 2018-10-02 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | True-time delay, low pass lens |
KR101874081B1 (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2018-07-03 | 에스케이테크엑스 주식회사 | Cloud Service Supporting Method And System based on a Enhanced Security |
KR20130141939A (en) | 2012-06-18 | 2013-12-27 | (주)도넛시스템엘에스아이 | Security method for single use of device interlocking mobile terminal, and mobile host and device apparatus using the same |
US10536361B2 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2020-01-14 | Ubiquiti Inc. | Method and apparatus for monitoring and processing sensor data from an electrical outlet |
US9338740B2 (en) | 2012-07-18 | 2016-05-10 | Alcatel Lucent | Method and apparatus for selecting a wireless access point |
CN102883173A (en) | 2012-09-27 | 2013-01-16 | 彩虹集团公司 | Picture quality optimizing method for 3D (three dimension) display |
US9531550B2 (en) | 2012-10-19 | 2016-12-27 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Wireless gateway adapter for a power-over-ethernet port |
US8761142B2 (en) | 2012-10-19 | 2014-06-24 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Distributed seamless roaming in wireless networks |
US20140118203A1 (en) | 2012-11-01 | 2014-05-01 | John R. Sanford | Coax coupled slot antenna |
US9325570B2 (en) | 2012-11-16 | 2016-04-26 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Network routing system |
US9270792B2 (en) | 2012-11-21 | 2016-02-23 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Method and system for improving wireless link efficiency |
DE102012023938A1 (en) | 2012-12-06 | 2014-06-12 | Kathrein-Werke Kg | Dual polarized omnidirectional antenna |
US9397820B2 (en) | 2013-02-04 | 2016-07-19 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Agile duplexing wireless radio devices |
US9543635B2 (en) | 2013-02-04 | 2017-01-10 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Operation of radio devices for long-range high-speed wireless communication |
US9733797B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2017-08-15 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Radio system for long-range high speed wireless communication |
US9531067B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2016-12-27 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Adjustable-tilt housing with flattened dome shape, array antenna, and bracket mount |
US20140245160A1 (en) | 2013-02-22 | 2014-08-28 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Mobile application for monitoring and controlling devices |
CN104412541B (en) | 2013-03-05 | 2019-05-10 | 优倍快网络公司 | Cable and expander device |
US9715609B1 (en) * | 2013-03-11 | 2017-07-25 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration | Systems, apparatuses and methods for beamforming RFID tags |
US8750156B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-06-10 | DGS Global Systems, Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for electronic spectrum management for identifying open space |
BR112015029825A2 (en) | 2013-05-31 | 2017-07-25 | Bae Systems Plc | air-cooled antenna, and, air-cooling method of an antenna |
EP3648359A1 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2020-05-06 | Ubiquiti Inc. | Wireless radio system optimization by persistent spectrum analysis |
US20160261030A1 (en) | 2013-11-18 | 2016-09-08 | Kmw Inc. | Antenna device of base station |
CN203760677U (en) | 2013-11-19 | 2014-08-06 | 广州杰赛科技股份有限公司 | Dual-polarized antenna array |
US9106495B2 (en) | 2013-11-28 | 2015-08-11 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Wireless communication method and apparatus based on channel function |
KR101575441B1 (en) | 2013-12-30 | 2015-12-07 | 현대자동차주식회사 | RF connector assembly for vehicle |
US9491777B2 (en) | 2014-01-10 | 2016-11-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for prioritizing the reporting of uplink control information for cells utilizing contention based radio frequency spectrum |
CN103812538B (en) | 2014-02-10 | 2017-03-29 | 中国神华能源股份有限公司 | Single antenna supports the apparatus and method for sending diversity technique |
US9843096B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2017-12-12 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Compact radio frequency lenses |
US10069580B2 (en) | 2014-06-30 | 2018-09-04 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Wireless radio device alignment tools and methods |
US10164332B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2018-12-25 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Multi-sector antennas |
WO2016137938A1 (en) | 2015-02-23 | 2016-09-01 | Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. | Radio apparatuses for long-range communication of radio-frequency information |
CN107040294B (en) | 2015-10-09 | 2020-10-16 | 优倍快公司 | Synchronized multiradio antenna system and method |
-
2015
- 2015-03-16 US US14/659,445 patent/US9843096B2/en active Active
- 2015-03-16 US US14/659,397 patent/US9368870B2/en active Active
- 2015-03-16 WO PCT/US2015/020729 patent/WO2015142723A1/en active Application Filing
- 2015-03-16 EP EP15764552.4A patent/EP3120642B1/en active Active
- 2015-03-16 US US14/659,424 patent/US9912053B2/en active Active
- 2015-03-17 CN CN201520152678.1U patent/CN205029667U/en active Active
- 2015-03-17 CN CN201910187478.2A patent/CN110086002B/en active Active
- 2015-03-17 CN CN201510117141.6A patent/CN105207700B/en active Active
- 2015-03-17 CN CN201910187489.0A patent/CN110011695B/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-03-05 US US15/912,368 patent/US10916844B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-01-12 US US17/147,408 patent/US11296407B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0886336B1 (en) * | 1997-06-18 | 2003-10-01 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Planar low profile, wideband, widescan phased array antenna using a stacked-disc radiator |
US20070182657A1 (en) * | 2001-11-09 | 2007-08-09 | Ipr Licensing, Inc. | Directive antenna in a dual band phased array employing spatial second harmonics |
US20040033817A1 (en) * | 2002-03-01 | 2004-02-19 | Tantivy Communications, Inc. | Intelligent interface for controlling an adaptive antenna array |
US20100238846A1 (en) * | 2007-10-10 | 2010-09-23 | Beijing Xinwei Telecom Technology Inc. | Wireless communication system based on code spreading-orthogonal frequency division multiple access and smart antenna |
US20100073260A1 (en) * | 2008-09-22 | 2010-03-25 | Denso Corporation | Antenna device with lens or passive element acting as lens |
US20110064033A1 (en) * | 2009-09-15 | 2011-03-17 | Gong Michelle X | Millimeter-wave communication station and method for scheduling association beamforming training with collision avoidance |
US20130272263A1 (en) | 2012-04-16 | 2013-10-17 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Hierarchical channel sounding and channel state information feedback in massive mimo systems |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
Title |
---|
"Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers", IEEE |
See also references of EP3120642A4 |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10218059B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2019-02-26 | SMC Networks | Beam-steering antenna deflector |
US11251882B2 (en) * | 2017-08-23 | 2022-02-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Device and method for calibrating phased array antenna |
TWI746390B (en) * | 2020-04-16 | 2021-11-11 | 宏達國際電子股份有限公司 | Wireless transceiving device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20210135354A1 (en) | 2021-05-06 |
US20150264584A1 (en) | 2015-09-17 |
CN110011695B (en) | 2021-11-16 |
US9912053B2 (en) | 2018-03-06 |
US9843096B2 (en) | 2017-12-12 |
CN110086002A (en) | 2019-08-02 |
EP3120642A1 (en) | 2017-01-25 |
EP3120642A4 (en) | 2017-11-22 |
US11296407B2 (en) | 2022-04-05 |
US20180261916A1 (en) | 2018-09-13 |
US20150263433A1 (en) | 2015-09-17 |
US20150263424A1 (en) | 2015-09-17 |
CN110086002B (en) | 2021-04-09 |
CN105207700A (en) | 2015-12-30 |
US9368870B2 (en) | 2016-06-14 |
EP3120642C0 (en) | 2023-06-07 |
CN110011695A (en) | 2019-07-12 |
EP3120642B1 (en) | 2023-06-07 |
CN105207700B (en) | 2019-09-10 |
CN205029667U (en) | 2016-02-10 |
US10916844B2 (en) | 2021-02-09 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11296407B2 (en) | Array antennas having a plurality of directional beams | |
EP3416243B1 (en) | Small cell beam-forming antennas | |
US9729213B2 (en) | MIMO antenna system | |
US10770787B2 (en) | Multi-sector antennas | |
US8482478B2 (en) | MIMO antenna system | |
EP2929635B1 (en) | Smart antenna platform for indoor wireless local area networks | |
US9564689B2 (en) | MIMO antenna system | |
US9537204B2 (en) | Multi-channel multi-sector smart antenna system | |
US8463222B2 (en) | Multiple-input-multiple-output antenna device | |
US9397394B2 (en) | Antenna arrays with modified Yagi antenna units | |
EP2819241B1 (en) | Adaptive antenna and a method of controlling an adaptive antenna beam |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 15764552 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
REEP | Request for entry into the european phase |
Ref document number: 2015764552 Country of ref document: EP |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2015764552 Country of ref document: EP |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |